Lenovo Server 6431 User Manual

ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434  
Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434  
Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in Appendix B, “Notices,” on page  
251, and the Warranty and Support Information document on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD.  
Second Edition (June 2009)  
© Copyright Lenovo 2008.  
Portions © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2008.  
LENOVO products, data, computer software, and services have been developed exclusively at private expense and  
are sold to governmental entities as commercial items as defined by 48 C.F.R. 2.101 with limited and restricted rights  
to use, reproduction and disclosure.  
LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If products, data, computer software, or services are delivered  
pursuant a General Services Administration GSAcontract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions  
set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
iv ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Safety  
Before installing this product, read the Safety Information.  
Antes de instalar este produto, leia as Informações de Segurança.  
Pred instalací tohoto produktu si prectete prírucku bezpecnostních instrukcí.  
Læs sikkerhedsforskrifterne, før du installerer dette produkt.  
Lees voordat u dit product installeert eerst de veiligheidsvoorschriften.  
Ennen kuin asennat tämän tuotteen, lue turvaohjeet kohdasta Safety Information.  
Avant d’installer ce produit, lisez les consignes de sécurité.  
Vor der Installation dieses Produkts die Sicherheitshinweise lesen.  
Prima di installare questo prodotto, leggere le Informazioni sulla Sicurezza.  
Les sikkerhetsinformasjonen (Safety Information) før du installerer dette produktet.  
Antes de instalar este produto, leia as Informações sobre Segurança.  
Antes de instalar este producto, lea la información de seguridad.  
Läs säkerhetsinformationen innan du installerar den här produkten.  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Guidelines for trained service technicians  
This section contains information for trained service technicians.  
Inspecting for unsafe conditions  
Use the information in this section to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in  
an IBM® product that you are working on. Each Lenovo product, as it was designed  
and manufactured, has required safety items to protect users and service  
technicians from injury. The information in this section addresses only those items.  
Use good judgment to identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by  
non-Lenovo alterations or attachment of non-Lenovo features or options that are not  
addressed in this section. If you identify an unsafe condition, you must determine  
how serious the hazard is and whether you must correct the problem before you  
work on the product.  
Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present:  
v Electrical hazards, especially primary power. Primary voltage on the frame can  
cause serious or fatal electrical shock.  
v Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or a bulging or leaking  
capacitor.  
v Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing hardware.  
To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions, complete the following steps:  
1. Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected.  
2. Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged, loose, or broken, and  
observe any sharp edges.  
3. Check the power cord:  
v Make sure that the third-wire ground connector is in good condition. Use a  
meter to measure third-wire ground continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between  
the external ground pin and the frame ground.  
v Make sure that the power cord is the correct type, as specified in “Power  
v Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn.  
4. Remove the cover.  
5. Check for any obvious non-Lenovo alterations. Use good judgment as to the  
safety of any non-Lenovo alterations.  
6. Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions, such as metal filings,  
contamination, water or other liquid, or signs of fire or smoke damage.  
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.  
8. Make sure that the power supply cover fasteners (screws or rivets) have not  
been removed or tampered with.  
viii ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment  
Observe the following guidelines when you service electrical equipment:  
v Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors, nongrounded power  
extension cords, and missing safety grounds.  
v Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some hand tools have handles that  
are covered with a soft material that does not provide insulation from live  
electrical currents.  
v Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational  
condition. Do not use worn or broken tools or testers.  
v Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit.  
The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if  
it touches a live electrical circuit.  
v Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic  
discharge. Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.  
v Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has  
hazardous voltages.  
v Locate the emergency power-off (EPO) switch, disconnecting switch, or electrical  
outlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical  
accident.  
v Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection, work near  
power supplies, or remove or install main units.  
v Before you work on the equipment, disconnect the power cord. If you cannot  
disconnect the power cord, have the customer power-off the wall box that  
supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off position.  
v Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit. Check it to  
make sure that it has been disconnected.  
v If you have to work on equipment that has exposed electrical circuits, observe  
the following precautions:  
– Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power-off controls is  
near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary.  
– When you are working with powered-on electrical equipment, use only one  
hand. Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoid  
creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock.  
– When you use a tester, set the controls correctly and use the approved probe  
leads and accessories for that tester.  
– Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal  
floor strips and equipment frames.  
v Use extreme care when you measure high voltages.  
v To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies, pumps,  
blowers, fans, and motor generators, do not service these components outside of  
their normal operating locations.  
v If an electrical accident occurs, use caution, turn off the power, and send another  
person to get medical aid.  
Safety ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Safety statements  
Important:  
Each caution and danger statement in this document is labeled with a number. This  
number is used to cross reference an English-language caution or danger  
statement with translated versions of the caution or danger statement in the Safety  
Information document.  
For example, if a caution statement is labeled with “Statement 1”, translations for  
that caution statement are in the Safety Information document under “Statement 1”.  
Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this document before you  
perform the procedures. Read any additional safety information that comes with the  
server or optional device before you install the device.  
x
ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Statement 1:  
DANGER  
Electrical current from power, telephone, and communication cables is  
hazardous.  
To avoid a shock hazard:  
v Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation,  
maintenance, or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical  
storm.  
v Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical  
outlet.  
v Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to  
this product.  
v When possible, use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal  
cables.  
v Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire, water, or  
structural damage.  
v Disconnect the attached power cords, telecommunications systems,  
networks, and modems before you open the device covers, unless  
instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures.  
v Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when  
installing, moving, or opening covers on this product or attached  
devices.  
To Connect:  
To Disconnect:  
1. Turn everything OFF.  
1. Turn everything OFF.  
2. First, attach all cables to devices.  
3. Attach signal cables to connectors.  
4. Attach power cords to outlet.  
5. Turn device ON.  
2. First, remove power cords from outlet.  
3. Remove signal cables from connectors.  
4. Remove all cables from devices.  
Safety xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Statement 2:  
CAUTION:  
When replacing the lithium battery, use only the battery recommended by the  
manufacturer. If your system has a module containing a lithium battery,  
replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer.  
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or  
disposed of.  
Do not:  
v Throw or immerse into water  
v Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)  
v Repair or disassemble  
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.  
xii ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Statement 3:  
CAUTION:  
When laser products (such as CD drives, DVD drives, fiber optic devices, or  
transmitters) are installed, note the following:  
v Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could  
result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable  
parts inside the device.  
v Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than  
those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure.  
DANGER  
Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser  
diode. Note the following.  
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly  
with optical instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam.  
Class 1 Laser Product  
Laser Klasse 1  
Laser Klass 1  
Luokan 1 Laserlaite  
`
Appareil A Laser de Classe 1  
Safety xiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Statement 4:  
18 kg (39.7 lb)  
32 kg (70.5 lb)  
55 kg (121.2 lb)  
CAUTION:  
Use safe practices when lifting.  
Statement 5:  
CAUTION:  
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power  
supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device. The device  
also might have more than one power cord. To remove all electrical current  
from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power  
source.  
2
1
xiv ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Statement 8:  
CAUTION:  
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following  
label attached.  
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any  
component that has this label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside  
these components. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact  
a service technician.  
Statement 12:  
CAUTION:  
The following label indicates a hot surface nearby.  
Statement 13:  
DANGER  
Overloading a branch circuit is potentially a fire hazard and a shock hazard  
under certain conditions. To avoid these hazards, ensure that your system  
electrical requirements do not exceed branch circuit protection  
requirements. Refer to the information that is provided with your device for  
electrical specifications.  
Safety xv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Statement 15:  
CAUTION:  
Make sure that the rack is secured properly to avoid tipping when the server  
unit is extended.  
xvi ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 1. Introduction  
This Hardware Maintenance Manual contains information to help you solve  
problems that might occur in the Lenovo ThinkServerTS100 Machine Types 6431,  
6432, 6433, and 6434 server. It describes the diagnostic tools that come with the  
server, error codes and suggested actions, and instructions for replacing failing  
components.  
Replaceable components are of three types:  
v Self-service customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of self-service  
CRUs is your responsibility. If Lenovo installs a self-service CRU at your request,  
you will be charged for the installation.  
v Optional-service customer replaceable unit: You may install an  
optional-service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it, at no additional  
charge, under the type of warranty service that is designated for the server.  
v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by trained service  
technicians.  
For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance,  
see the Warranty and Support Information document.  
Related documentation  
In addition to this document, the following documentation also comes with the  
server:  
v Installation Guide  
This document is in Portable Document Format (PDF) is available on the  
ThinkServer Documentation DVD. It contains instructions for setting up the server  
and basic instructions for installing some optional devices.  
v User Guide  
This PDF is available on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD. It provides  
general information about the server, including information about features, and  
how to configure the server. It also contains detailed instructions for installing,  
removing, and connecting optional devices that the server supports.  
v Rack Installation Instructions  
This PDF is available on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD. It contains  
instructions for installing the server in a rack.  
v Safety Information  
This document is in PDF on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD. It contains  
translated caution and danger statements. Each caution and danger statement  
that appears in the documentation has a number that you can use to locate the  
corresponding statement in your language in the Safety Information document.  
v Warranty and Support Information  
This document is in PDF on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD. It contains  
information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance.  
Depending on the server model, additional documentation might be included on the  
ThinkServer Documentation DVD.  
The server might have features that are not described in the documentation that  
comes with the server. The documentation might be updated occasionally to include  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
information about those features, or technical updates might be available to provide  
additional information that is not included in the server documentation. These  
updates are available from the Lenovo Web site. To check for updated  
documentation and technical updates, complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
Notices and statements in this document  
The caution and danger statements that appear in this document are also in the  
multilingual Safety Information document, which is on the ThinkServer  
Documentation DVD. Each statement is numbered for reference to the  
corresponding statement in the Safety Information document.  
The following notices and statements are used in this document:  
v Note: These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.  
v Important: These notices provide information or advice that might help you avoid  
inconvenient or problem situations.  
v Attention: These notices indicate potential damage to programs, devices, or  
data. An attention notice is placed just before the instruction or situation in which  
damage might occur.  
v Caution: These statements indicate situations that can be potentially hazardous  
to you. A caution statement is placed just before the description of a potentially  
hazardous procedure step or situation.  
v Danger: These statements indicate situations that can be potentially lethal or  
extremely hazardous to you. A danger statement is placed just before the  
description of a potentially lethal or extremely hazardous procedure step or  
situation.  
2
ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Features and specifications  
The following information is a summary of the features and specifications of the  
server. Depending on the server model, some features might not be available, or  
some specifications might not apply.  
Chapter 1. Introduction  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Table 1. Features and specifications  
Microprocessor:  
v
Fans:  
Environment:  
Supports one Intel® Core2 Duo  
dual-core or Xeon® dual-core or  
quad-core microprocessor  
Three speed-controlled fans.  
v
Air temperature:  
Server on: 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)  
Altitude: 0 to 914.4 m (3000 ft)  
Server on: 10° to 32°C (50° to 89.6°F)  
Altitude: 914.4 m (3000 ft) to 2133.6 m  
(7000 ft)  
Power supply:  
One of the following power supplies:  
Note: Intel Virtualization Technology  
(VT) is not available on the Core 2  
Duo E4600; however, these  
microprocessors can only run  
paravirtualization.  
v
One or two redundant 430-watt (90-240  
V ac)  
Server off: 10° to 43°C (50° to 109.4°F)  
Maximum altitude: 2133.6 m (7000 ft)  
Shipping: -40° to 60°C (-40° to 140°F)  
v
One non-redundant 401-watt (90-240 V  
ac)  
v
v
2 MB, 6 MB, or 12 MB Level-2 cache  
800, 1066, or 1333 MHz front-side  
bus (FSB)  
v
Humidity (operating and storage):  
Size:  
Server on: 8% to 80%  
Server off: 8% to 80%  
v
v
v
v
Height: 438 mm (17.25 in.)  
Depth: 540 mm (21.25 in.)  
Width: 216 mm (8.5 in.)  
Weight: 16.3 kg (36 lb) to 25.2 kg (56  
lb) depending upon configuration  
Memory:  
v
v
v
Minimum: 512 MB  
Maximum: 8 GB  
Heat output:  
Approximate heat output in British thermal  
units (Btu) per hour:  
Types: PC2-5300 or PC2-6400, ECC  
unbuffered double-data-rate 2  
(DDR2) 667 or 800 MHz SDRAM  
Connectors: four dual inline memory  
module (DIMM) connectors, two-way  
interleaved  
v
Minimum configuration: 630 Btu per hour  
(185 watts)  
Integrated functions:  
v
Mini-baseboard management controller  
(mini-BMC)  
v
v
Maximum configuration: 1784 Btu per hour  
(523 watts)  
v
Broadcom BCM5722 10/100/1000  
Ethernet controller on the system board  
with RJ-45 Ethernet port  
Electrical input:  
Drives (depending on the model):  
v
Sine-wave input (50 or 60 Hz) required  
Input voltage and frequency ranges  
automatically selected  
v
One internal single-channnel (four ports  
per channel) SAS/SATA controller  
(mini-PCI slot)  
v
v
v
Diskette (optional): External or  
internal USB FDD drive and memory  
key  
Hard disk drive: Hot-swap SAS,  
hot-swap SATA, or simple-swap  
SATA  
v
v
v
v
Input voltage low range:  
v
v
v
v
Two serial ports  
One parallel port  
Minimum: 100 V ac  
Maximum: 127 V ac  
Six-port Serial ATA controller  
Eight Universal Serial Bus (USB) v2.0  
ports (two on front and four on rear, one  
internal for optional tape drive, and one  
internal for optional Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine)  
Input voltage high range:  
One of the following SATA attached  
optical drives:  
Minimum: 200 V ac  
Maximum: 240 V ac  
DVD-ROM  
Multiburner (optional)  
Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) approximately:  
Minimum: 0.20 kVA (all models)  
Maximum: 0.55 kVA  
v
Onboard ATI ES1000 video controller  
Drive bays (depending on the  
model):  
Compatible with SVGA and VGA  
16 MB DDR2 SDRAM video memory  
Notes:  
v
Two 5.25 in. half-high bays (one  
optical drive installed)  
1. Power consumption and heat output vary  
depending on the number and type of  
optional features that are installed and the  
power-management optional features that  
are in use.  
Diagnostic LEDs:  
v
One 3.5 in. slim-high  
removable-media drive bay (optional  
diskette drive)  
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
Fans  
Hard disk drives  
Memory  
Microprocessor  
PCI slots  
Power supply  
VRD  
v
v
Four 3.5 in. or 2.5 in. slim-high hard  
disk drive bays (some models)  
Eight 2.5 in. slim-high hard disk drive  
bays (some models)  
2. These levels were measured in controlled  
acoustical environments according to the  
procedures specified by the American  
National Standards Institute (ANSI) S12.10  
and ISO 7779 and are reported in  
PCI expansion slots (depending on  
the model):  
accordance with ISO 9296. Actual  
Acoustical noise emissions:  
sound-pressure levels in a given location  
might exceed the average stated values  
because of room reflections and other  
nearby noise sources. The declared  
sound-power levels indicate an upper limit,  
below which a large number of computers  
will operate.  
v
Sound power, idling: 5.0 bel  
Sound power, operating: 5.3 bel  
v
v
One PCI Express x8 slot  
v
One PCI Express x4 slot (x4 slot with  
x1 electrical)  
v
One PCI-X 64-bit/133 MHz slot  
Note: This PCI-X slot is enabled  
when an optional PCI-X enablement  
card is installed in the mini-PCI slot  
on the system board. When no  
mini-PCI-X enablement card installed,  
this slot has no function.  
v
Two PCI 32-bit/33 MHz slots  
4
ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Server controls, LEDs, and power  
This section describes the controls and light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and how to turn  
the server on and off.  
Front view  
The following illustration shows the controls, LEDs, and connectors on the front of  
the server.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
Power-on LED  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
CD-eject or DVD-eject button  
CD or DVD drive activity LED  
Optional diskette-eject button  
Optional diskette drive activity LED  
Power-control button  
Hard disk drive activity LED  
System-error LED  
USB connectors  
Power-on LED  
When this LED is lit and not flashing, it indicates that the server is turned  
on. When this LED is flashing, it indicates that the server is turned off and  
still connected to an ac power source. When this LED is off, it indicates that  
ac power is not present, or the power supply or the LED itself has failed. A  
power LED is also on the rear of the server.  
Note: If this LED is off, it does not mean that there is no electrical power in  
the server. The LED might be burned out. To remove all electrical power  
from the server, you must disconnect the power cords from the electrical  
outlets.  
Power-control button  
Press this button to turn the server on and off manually.  
Hard disk drive activity LED  
When this LED is flashing, it indicates that the associated hard disk drive is  
in use.  
Chapter 1. Introduction  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USB connectors  
Connect USB devices to these connectors.  
CD-eject or DVD-eject button  
Press this button to release a CD from the CD drive or a DVD from the  
DVD drive.  
CD or DVD drive activity LED  
When this LED is lit, it indicates that the CD drive or DVD drive is in use.  
(Optional) diskette-eject button  
Press this button to release a diskette from the diskette drive.  
(Optional) diskette drive activity LED  
When this LED is lit, it indicates that the diskette drive is in use.  
Hot-swap hard disk drive activity LED (some models)  
On some server models, each hot-swap drive has a hard disk drive activity  
LED. When this green LED is flashing, it indicates that the associated hard  
disk drive is in use.  
When the drive is removed, this LED also is visible on the hard disk drive  
backplane, next to the drive connector. The backplane is the printed circuit  
board behind drive bays 4 through 7 (or bays 4 through 11 on some  
2.5-inch hard disk drive SAS models).  
Hot-swap hard disk drive status LED (some models)  
On some server models, each hot-swap hard disk drive has an amber  
status LED. If this amber status LED for a drive is lit, it indicates that the  
associated hard disk drive has failed.  
If an optional IBM ServeRAID controller is installed in the server and the  
LED flashes slowly (one flash per second), it indicates that the drive is  
being rebuilt. When the LED is flashing rapidly (three flashes per second), it  
indicates that the controller is identifying the drive.  
When the drive is removed, this LED also is visible on the hard disk drive  
backplane, below the hot-swap hard disk drive activity LED.  
6
ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rear view  
The following illustration shows the connectors and LEDs on the rear of the server.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Ethernet transmit/ receive activity LED ꢀ8ꢁ  
(amber)  
Serial 1 (Com1) connector  
Parallel connector  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Ethernet link status LED (green)  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine (Ethernet) connector  
USB connectors 1 and 2  
Ethernet connector  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
ꢀ10ꢁ Serial 2 (Com2) connector  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ11ꢁ DC power LED  
ꢀ12ꢁ AC power LED  
USB connectors 3 and 4  
Video connector  
ꢀ13ꢁ Power cord connector  
Power-cord connector  
Connect the power cord to this connector.  
AC power LED  
On some server models, each hot-swap power supply has an ac power  
LED and a dc power LED. During typical operation, both the ac and dc  
power LEDs are lit.  
DC power LED  
On some server models, each hot-swap power supply has a dc power LED  
and an ac power LED. During typical operation, both the ac and dc power  
LEDs are lit.  
Serial 2 connector  
Connect a 9-pin serial device to this connector.  
Parallel connector  
Connect a parallel device to this connector.  
Serial 1 connector  
Connect a 9-pin serial device to this connector.  
Chapter 1. Introduction  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Video connector  
Connect a monitor to this connector.  
USB connectors  
Connect USB devices to these connectors.  
Ethernet connector  
Use this connector to connect the server to a network.  
Ethernet transmit/receive activity LED  
This LED is on the Ethernet connector on the rear of the server. When this  
LED is lit, it indicates that there is activity between the server and the  
network.  
Ethernet link status LED  
This LED is on the Ethernet connector on the rear of the server. When this  
LED is lit, it indicates that there is an active connection on the Ethernet  
port.  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine/Ethernet connector  
Use this connector to connect the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine to  
a network.  
Server power features  
When the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on, the  
operating system does not run, and all core logic except the service processor is  
shut down; however, the server can respond to requests from the service processor,  
such as a remote request to turn on the server. The power-on LED flashes to  
indicate that the server is connected to ac power but not turned on.  
Turning on the server  
Approximately 20 seconds after the server is connected to ac power, the  
power-control button becomes active, and one or more fans might start running to  
provide cooling while the server is connected to power. You can turn on the server  
and start the operating system by pressing the power-control button.  
The server can also be turned on in any of the following ways:  
v If a power failure occurs while the server is turned on, the server will restart  
automatically when power is restored.  
v If your operating system supports the systems-management software for an  
optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine, the systems-management  
software can turn on the server.  
v If your operating system supports the Wake on LAN feature, the Wake on LAN  
feature can turn on the server.  
v If an optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is installed in the server, the  
server can be turned on from the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine user  
interface.  
Note: When 4 GB or more of memory (physical or logical) is installed, some  
memory is reserved for various system resources and is unavailable to the  
operating system. The amount of memory that is reserved for system resources  
depends on the operating system, the configuration of the server, and the  
configured PCI optional devices.  
Turning off the server  
When you turn off the server and leave it connected to ac power, the server can  
respond to requests from the service processor, such as a remote request to turn  
8
ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
on the server. While the server remains connected to ac power, one or more fans  
might continue to run. To remove all power from the server, you must disconnect it  
from the power source.  
Some operating systems require an orderly shutdown before you turn off the server.  
See your operating-system documentation for information about shutting down the  
operating system.  
Statement 5:  
CAUTION:  
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power  
supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device. The device  
also might have more than one power cord. To remove all electrical current  
from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power  
source.  
2
1
The server can be turned off in any of the following ways:  
v You can turn off the server from the operating system, if your operating system  
supports this feature. After an orderly shutdown of the operating system, the  
server will be turned off automatically.  
v You can press the power-control button to start an orderly shutdown of the  
operating system and turn off the server, if your operating system supports this  
feature.  
v If the operating system stops functioning, you can press and hold the  
power-control button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the server.  
v If an optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is installed in the server, the  
server can be turned off from the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine user  
interface.  
v If the Wake on LAN feature turned on the server, the Wake on LAN feature can  
turn off the server.  
v The server can turn itself off as an automatic response to a critical system  
failure.  
Chapter 1. Introduction  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connectors, LEDs, and jumpers  
The illustrations in this section show the connectors, light-emitting diodes (LEDs),  
and jumpers on the system board. The illustrations might differ slightly from your  
hardware.  
System board internal connectors  
The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Microprocessor power connector  
ꢀ11ꢁ Hot-swap hard disk drive backplanar  
connector  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
Main power connector  
Microprocessor fan connector  
(optional) External USB diskette drive ꢀ14ꢁ Mini-PCI slot  
ꢀ12ꢁ USB tape drive connector  
ꢀ13ꢁ PCI-X enablement card connector  
connector  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
DIMM connectors  
Microprocessor connector  
Front panel  
Hard disk drive fan connector  
Front USB connectors  
ꢀ15ꢁ Mini-BMC JTAG connector  
ꢀ16ꢁ Mini-BMC boot loader  
ꢀ17ꢁ Wake on LAN  
ꢀ18ꢁ Battery  
ꢀ19ꢁ System fan connector  
ꢀ10ꢁ SATA connector  
10 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System board external connectors  
The following illustration shows the external input/output (I/O) connectors on the  
system board.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Ethernet transmit/ receive activity LED ꢀ8ꢁ  
(amber)  
Serial 1 (Com1) connector  
Parallel connector  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Ethernet link status LED (green)  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine (Ethernet) connector  
USB connectors 1 and 2  
Ethernet connector  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
ꢀ10ꢁ Serial 2 (Com2) connector  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ11ꢁ DC power LED  
ꢀ12ꢁ AC power LED  
USB connectors 3 and 4  
Video connector  
ꢀ13ꢁ Power cord connector  
Chapter 1. Introduction 11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System board optional-devices connectors  
The following illustration shows the system board connectors for user-installable  
optional devices.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
DIMM connectors  
PCI 32-bit 33 MHz connector  
PCI-X 64-bit 133 MHz connector  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
PCI Express x4 (x1) connector  
PCI Express x8 connector  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slim  
Line connector  
12 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System board LEDs  
The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board.  
ꢀ1ꢁ Boot block jumper (JP6)  
ꢀ2ꢁ Clear CMOS jumper (JP1)  
ꢀ3ꢁ Mini-BMC force update jumper (JP3)  
Chapter 1. Introduction 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System board jumpers  
The following illustration shows the jumpers on the system board.  
ꢀ1ꢁ Boot block jumper (JP6)  
ꢀ2ꢁ Clear CMOS jumper (JP1)  
ꢀ3ꢁ Mini-BMC force update jumper (JP3)  
The following table describes the function of each jumper block.  
Table 2. System board jumper blocks  
Jumper number  
Jumper name  
Jumper setting  
JP1  
Clear CMOS jumper  
v Pins 1 and 2: Keep CMOS data (default)  
v Pins 2 and 3: Clear the CMOS data, which  
clears the power-on password. Make sure that  
the ac power source is disconnected from the  
server.  
Note: Changing the position of this jumper  
does not affect the administrator password  
check if an administrator password is set. If the  
administrator password is set and forgotten,  
remove and then reinstall the battery.  
JP3  
Mini-BMC force update  
Pins 1 and 2: Open (default).  
Note: You do not need to set this jumper because  
it stays at this setting.  
14 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Table 2. System board jumper blocks (continued)  
Jumper number  
Jumper name  
Jumper setting  
JP6  
Boot block jumper (JP6)  
v Pins 1 and 2: Normal (default)  
v Pins 2 and 3: Recover boot block (see  
Chapter 1. Introduction 15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
16 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions  
The firmware for the server is periodically updated and is available for download  
from the Web. This chapter provides information about updating the firmware and  
using the configuration utilities.  
Updating the firmware  
The firmware for the server is periodically updated and is available for download on  
the Web. To check for the latest level of firmware, such as BIOS code, vital product  
data (VPD) code, device drivers, and service processor firmware, use the  
ThinkServer EasyUpdate program or go to: http://www.lenovo.com/support.  
Download the latest firmware for the server; then, install the firmware, using the  
instructions that are included with the downloaded files.  
When you replace a device in the server, you might have to either update the  
server with the latest version of the firmware that is stored in memory on the device  
or restore the pre-existing firmware from a diskette or CD image.  
The following items are downloadable from the Web at: http://www.ibm.com/  
v BIOS code  
v Diagnostics programs  
v Mini-BMC firmware  
v Ethernet firmware  
v ServeRAIDfirmware  
v SAS/SATA firmware  
Major components contain VPD code. You can select to update the VPD code when  
you update the BIOS code.  
Configuring the server  
The following configuration programs are available to configure the server:  
v Configuration/Setup Utility program  
The Configuration/Setup Utility program is part of the basic input/output system  
(BIOS) code. You can use this program to configure serial port assignments,  
change interrupt request (IRQ) settings, change the device startup sequence, set  
the date and time, and set passwords. For information about using this program,  
v EasyManage software  
ThinkServer EasyManage software helps you maintain high performance while  
limiting downtime. Through a single console you can monitor and configure alerts  
for security and performance, perform Hardware Failure Prediction, deploy  
operating systems and software, and monitor software licenses. You can  
download and install the EasyManage software from the Lenovo Support Web  
site (http://www.lenovo.com/support). Optionally, you can order an EasyManage  
installation disc from your Lenovo marketing representative or reseller.  
v ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD  
The Lenovo ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD that comes with the server provides  
programs to help you set up the server and install an operating system. The  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
EasyStartup program detects installed hardware devices and guides you through  
the process of creating a response file and performing an unattended installation  
of the operating system and associated device drivers.  
For more information about the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD, see “Using the  
v ThinkServer EasyUpdate program  
The ThinkServer EasyUpdate program allows you to download and install  
updates for your specific server or server systems. Updates can be device  
drivers, BIOS and firmware updates, or software updates.  
v Mini-baseboard management controller utility programs  
Use these programs to configure the mini-baseboard management controller, to  
update the firmware and sensor data record/field replaceable unit (SDR/FRU)  
data, and to remotely manage a network. For information about using these  
v Boot Menu program  
The Boot Menu program is part of the BIOS code. Use it to override the startup  
sequence that is set in the Configuration/Setup Utility program and temporarily  
assign a device to be first in the startup sequence. For information about using  
v Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Boot Agent  
The Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Boot Agent is part of the BIOS. You  
can use it to configure the network as a startable device, and you can customize  
where the network startup optional devices occur in the startup sequence. Enable  
and disable the Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Boot Agent from the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program. For information, see “Enabling the Broadcom  
v Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet controller configuration  
To configure the integrated Gigabit Ethernet controller, see “Configuring the  
v LSI Configuration Utility program  
Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure the integrated SAS/SATA  
controller with RAID capabilities and the devices that are attached to it. For  
information about using this program, see “LSI Configuration Utility program” on  
The following table lists the different server configurations and the applications  
that are available for configuring and managing RAID arrays.  
RAID array configuration  
RAID array management  
(before operating system is (after operating system is  
Server configuration  
installed)  
installed)  
Integrated SATA and no SAS None  
controller card installed  
None  
SAS/SATA controller card  
(LSI 1064e) installed  
LSI Utility (BIOS Utility  
Ctrl+C)  
MyStorage (for monitoring  
storage only)  
ServeRAID-MR10i adapter  
installed  
ServeRAID Manager  
Hardware Boot CD, BIOS  
Utility (Ctrl+A)  
ServeRAID Manager,  
ARCCONF (CLI)  
v Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine configuration  
18 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
For information about setting up and cabling a Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine for use in an Advanced System Management (ASM) network, see  
Using the Configuration/Setup Utility program  
This section provides instructions for starting the Configuration/Setup Utility program  
and descriptions of the menu choices that are available.  
Starting the Configuration/Setup Utility program  
To start the Configuration/Setup Utility program, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn on the server. If the server is already on when you start this procedure,  
you must shut down the operating system, turn off the server, wait a few  
seconds until all in-use LEDs are turned off, and restart the server.  
2. When the message Press F1 for Configuration/Setup, Press F12 for Boot  
Menu is displayed, press F1. (This prompt is displayed on the screen for only a  
few seconds. You must press F1 quickly.) If you have set both a power-on  
password and an administrator password, you must type the administrator  
password to access the full Configuration/Setup Utility menu. If you do not type  
the administrator password, a limited Configuration/Setup Utility menu is  
available.  
3. Follow the instructions on the screen.  
Configuration/Setup Utility menu choices  
The following choices are on the Configuration/Setup Utility main menu. Depending  
on the version of the BIOS code, some menu choices might differ slightly from  
these descriptions.  
Note: When you use the server for the first time, you might want to use the  
Configuration/Setup Utility menu choice Load Default Settings to reset the  
Configuration/Setup Utility menu choices to the factory default settings, in case they  
were changed before you received the server. Otherwise, some choices might not  
be displayed in the menu.  
v System Summary  
Select this choice to view configuration information, including the amount of  
installed memory. When you make configuration changes through other choices  
in the Configuration/Setup Utility program, the changes are reflected in the  
system summary; you cannot change settings directly in the system summary.  
This choice is on the full and limited Configuration/Setup Utility menu.  
Processor Summary  
Select this choice to view the processor information, including the type, speed,  
and cache size of the microprocessor.  
v System Information  
Select this choice to view information about the server. When you make changes  
through other choices in the Configuration/Setup Utility program, some of those  
changes are reflected in the system information; you cannot change settings  
directly in the system information.  
This choice is on the full Configuration/Setup Utility menu only.  
v Devices and I/O Ports  
Select this choice to view or change device assignments and input/output (I/O)  
ports. Select this choice to enable or disable the integrated SAS/SATA controller  
and Ethernet controller, and standard connectors (such as serial and parallel).  
Enable is the default setting for all controllers. If you disable a device, it cannot  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
be configured, and the operating system will not be able to detect it (this is  
equivalent to disconnecting the device). If you disable the integrated SAS/SATA  
controller and no SAS/SATA adapter is installed, the server will have no  
SAS/SATA capability. If you disable the integrated Ethernet controller and no  
Ethernet adapter is installed, the server will have no Ethernet capability.  
This choice is on the full Configuration/Setup Utility menu only.  
Serial Port 1  
Select this choice to set up serial port 1.  
Serial Port 2  
Select this choice to set up serial port 2.  
Parallel Port Setup  
Select this choice to set up the parallel port and to adjust the parallel port  
resources and features.  
Remote Console Redirection  
Select this choice to enable and configure serial remote video and keyboard  
redirection.  
Internal Floppy Support  
Select this choice to disable or enable the diskette drive.  
SATA Programming Interface  
Select this choice to disable, enable, or configure the Serial ATA.  
To comply with the 4690 OS requirement, this option provides a Legacy Only  
(4690) mode that you can select from the menu. When you select the Legacy  
Only (4690) mode, this enables the SATA 0 through SATA 3 ports for the  
4690 OS.  
Planar Ethernet  
Select this choice to disable or enable the Ethernet on the system board.  
USB Support  
Select this choice to enable or disable the USB support.  
Video  
Select this choice to view the video information.  
System MAC Addresses  
Select this choice to view the MAC addresses for network devices that are  
installed in the server.  
v Date and Time  
Select this choice to set the date and time in the server, in 24-hour format  
(hour:minute:second).  
This choice is on the Configuration/Setup Utility menu only.  
v System Security  
Select this choice to set passwords. See “Using passwords” on page 23 for more  
information about passwords.  
Administrator Password  
This choice is on the full Configuration/Setup Utility menu only.  
Select this choice to set or change an administrator password. An  
administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator; it  
limits access to the full Configuration/Setup Utility menu. If an administrator  
password is set, the full Configuration/Setup Utility menu is available only if  
you type the administrator password at the password prompt.  
Power-on Password  
20 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Select this choice to set, change, or delete a power-on password.  
v Start Options  
Select this choice to view or change the startup options. Changes in the start  
options take effect when you restart the server.  
You can set keyboard operating characteristics, such as the keyboard speed, and  
you can specify whether the server starts with the keyboard number lock on or  
off.  
You can enable or disable the hard disk drive self-monitoring, analysis, and  
reporting technology (SMART) function.  
You can enable a virus-detecting test that checks for changes in the boot record  
when the server starts.  
Startup Sequence Options  
Select this choice to view the Startup Sequence Options menu. The startup  
sequence specifies the order in which the server checks devices to find a boot  
record. The server starts from the first boot record that it finds.  
v Advanced Setup  
Select this choice to change values for advanced hardware features, such as  
CPU options and PCI configuration.  
Important: The server might malfunction if these settings are incorrectly  
configured. Follow the instructions on the screen carefully.  
This choice is on the full Configuration/Setup Utility menu only.  
CPU Options  
Select this choice to view or change the options that control the behavior of  
the CPU.  
PCI Bus Control  
Select this choice to view or change the system resources that are used by  
the installed PCI or PCI-Express devices.  
RSA II Settings  
This choice is displayed only when a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
is installed in the server.  
Select this choice to view the DHCP IP address and settings and the Remote  
Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine MAC address; to view or change the DHCP  
control, static IP address, operating-system USB selections; and to save the  
values and reboot the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine.  
Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) Setting  
Select this choice to change the Intelligent Platform Management Interface  
(IPMI) settings for the mini-BMC controller.  
- IPMI Specification Version  
This nonselectable item displays the IPMI specification version.  
- BMC Firmware Version  
This nonselectable item displays the mini-BMC firmware version.  
- BMC Build Date  
This nonselectable item displays the date that the mini-BMC code was built.  
- BMC Build Level  
This nonselectable item displays the version of the mini-BMC code.  
- Existing Event Log number  
This nonselectable item displays the number of entries in the system-event  
log.  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
- BMC POST Watchdog  
This option enables or disables the POST watchdog. Disabled is the  
default setting.  
- BMC POST Watchdog Timeout  
This option enables or disables the mini-BMC POST watchdog timer.  
- System - BMC Serial Port Sharing  
Select this choice to specify whether the serial port that the mini-BMC uses  
is shared with the other system components or is dedicated to the  
mini-BMC. When this option is enabled, the mini-BMC controls the serial  
port by way of remote commands. If this option is disabled, the serial port  
is assigned to the mini-BMC, unless the BMC Serial Port Access Mode  
option is set to disabled.  
- BMC Serial Port Access Mode  
Select this choice to set the mini-BMC access mode for the system serial  
port. Shared is the default setting. You can choose from the following  
access modes:  
Shared  
The serial port is available for use by POST and the operating  
system, however, the mni-BMC can still monitor the serial data for  
a take-control sequence.  
Pre-Boot  
The mini-BMC has control of the serial port before the operating  
system is booted, however, after the operating system is booted,  
the mini-BMC will not have access to the serial port until you turn  
off the server or reset the settings.  
Dedicated  
The mini-BMC has complete control of the serial port. POST and  
the operating system will not be allowed to use the serial port.  
Disabled  
The mini-BMC has access to the serial port.  
- Reboot System on NMI  
This option sets the mini-BMC timer to automatically reboot the server after  
an NMI occurs. Enabled is the default setting.  
- User Account Settings  
Select this choice to view the user account settings for the mini-BMC.  
- BMC Network Configuration  
Select this choice to configure specific network settings for the mini-BMC.  
- BMC System Event Log  
Select this choice to view the mini-BMC system-event log, which contains  
all system-error messages that have been generated. Use the arrow keys  
to move among pages in the log. Run the diagnostic programs to get more  
information about the error codes. Select Clear BMC System Event Log to  
clear the mini-BMC system-event logs.  
v Event/Error Logs  
Select this choice to view or clear error logs.  
System Event/Error Log  
Select this choice to view the system-event and error messages that the  
system generated during POST and run time. by the SMI handler and by the  
service processor. The most recent event or error is displayed first. Use the  
22 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Down Arrow key to view the older entries, and use the Up Arrow key to view  
the newer entries. Select Clear system logs and press Enter to erase the  
system event/error log.  
v Save Settings  
Select this choice to save the changes that you have made in the settings.  
v Restore Settings  
Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and  
restore the previous settings.  
v Load Default Settings  
Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and  
restore the factory settings.  
v Exit Setup  
Select this choice to exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program. If you have  
not saved the changes that you have made in the settings, you are asked  
whether you want to save the changes or exit without saving them.  
Using passwords  
You can use any combination of up to seven characters (A - Z, a - z, and 0 - 9) for  
the power-on (user) password or the administrator password.  
If you set a power-on password and an administrator password, you can type either  
password at the password prompt that is diaplayed as you start the computer.  
However, if you want to change the settings in the Configuration/Setup Utility  
program, you must type the administrator password to access the full  
Configuration/Setup Utility menu. If you type the power-on password, you have  
access to only the limited Configuration/Setup Utility menu.  
Keep a record of the password in a secure place. If you forget the power-on  
password or administrator password, you can regain access to the computer  
through one of the following methods:  
v If you have forgotten the power-on password and an administrator password is  
set, type the administrator password at the power-on prompt. Start the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program and change the power-on password.  
v Remove the battery and then install the battery.  
Using the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD  
The ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD contains a setup and installation program  
designed for your server. The program works in conjunction with your  
operating-system installation disc to simplify and automate the process of installing  
the operating system and device drivers.  
If you did not receive a ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD with your server, you can  
download an image from the Lenovo Support Web site at http://www.lenovo.com/  
The EasyStartup program has the following features:  
v Self-booting DVD  
v Easy-to-use, language-selectable interface  
v Integrated help system  
v Automatic hardware detection  
v Device drivers provided based on the server model and detected devices  
v Selectable partition size and file system  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v Support for multiple operating systems  
v Installs the operating system and device drivers in an unattended mode to save  
time  
v Creates a reuseable response file that can be used with similarly configured  
Lenovo servers to make future installations even faster.  
Before you use the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD  
Functionality and supported operating systems can vary with different versions of  
the EasyStartup program. To learn more about the version you have, do the  
following:  
1. Insert the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD and restart the server.  
2. Advance to the Home screen.  
3. Click Release notes. The release notes feature provides detailed information  
about the operating systems and server configurations supported by that version  
of the EasyStartup program.  
4. Click User Guide. The User Guide provides an overview of the various  
functions provided by that version of the EasyStartup program.  
Before using the EasyStartup program to install an operating system, if you intend  
to use a RAID configuration, make sure that your storage controller is configured for  
the RAID level and functionality that you want to use. Also, make sure any external  
storage devices and fiber channels are configured correctly.  
For models that use the LSI storage controller: If you are using the SAS/SATA  
storage controller that is integrated into the system board, you can use the LSI  
Configuration Utility provided in BIOS to configure your RAID settings. To access  
the LSI Configuration Utility, do the following:  
1. Start the server and watch the monitor carefully.  
2. When <<< Press <CTRL><C> to start LSI Configuration Utility >>> is  
displayed, press Ctl+C.  
For additional information about using this utility, see “LSI Configuration Utility  
For models that use the Adaptec HostRAID storage controller (RAID 8e): If  
you are using the Adaptec HostRAID (ServeRAID 8e) storage controller that is  
integrated into the system board, you can use the utility programs provided on the  
ServeRAID CD provided with your server to configure your RAID settings.  
Alternatively, you can use the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility provided in BIOS.  
To access the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility, do the following:  
1. Start the server and watch the monitor carefully.  
2. When <<< Press <CTRL><A> to start the Adaptec RAID Configuration  
Utility >>> is displayed, press Ctrl+A.  
If you are using a ServeRAID adapter, use the configuration utilities provided on the  
ServeRAID CD to configure your RAID settings. If you are using any storage  
devices or fiber channels, use the utilities provided with the device.  
EasyStartup overview  
The EasyStartup program requires a supported Lenovo server with an enabled,  
startable (bootable) DVD drive. In addition to the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD,  
you also must have the operating-system installation CD or DVD and the product  
key for the operating system (if provided).  
The EasyStartup program performs the following tasks:  
24 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v Sets the system date and time  
v Detects installed hardware devices  
v Guides the network administrator through the process of creating a response file  
v Prepares the hard disk for installation  
v Prompts the network administrator to insert the operating-system installation disc  
v Initiates an unattended installation of the operating system and device drivers for  
most adapters and devices  
Setup and configuration: When you start the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD, you  
will be prompted for the following:  
v Select the language in which you want to view the program.  
v Select the language of the keyboard you will be using with the program.  
Note: The following language keyboards are supported: English, French, German,  
Spanish, and Japanese.  
You will then see one or more reminders about configuring storage devices, and  
then you will be presented with the Lenovo License Agreement. Read the license  
agreement carefully. You must agree with terms in order to continue.  
After agreeing to the license agreement, you will be given a choice of continuing to  
the main program interface or using a shortcut to install an operating system based  
a response file that you previously created using the EasyStartup program.  
If you continue to the main program interface, you will have the following selectable  
options:  
v Compatibility notes: This selection provides information about the operating  
systems and server configurations supported by that version of the EasyStartup  
program.  
v User Guide: This selection provides information about the features provided by  
that version of the EasyStartup program.  
v Hardware list: This selection displays a list of hardware devices detected by the  
EasyStartup program.  
v Install operating system: This selection displays a series of choices and  
prompts to collect information required for installation, prepares the hard disk for  
installation, and then initiates the installation process using the user-provided  
operating-system installation CD or DVD.  
v About: This selection displays version information and legal notices.  
Typical operating system installation: When you select Install operating  
system, you will be prompted for information required for the installation. This  
section describes the tasks associated with a typical operating system installation.  
Each task must be completed in order before moving to the next task.  
v Select operating system: This task enables you to select that operating system  
you will be installing.  
v Select disk: This task enables you to select the disk where you want to install  
the operating system.  
Note: The disk that you select must be set as the boot disk in BIOS.  
v Partitions options: This task enables you to choose whether you want to  
repartition the selected drive or use an existing partition.  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v Partition settings: This task enables you to choose the file system type and  
define the partition size.  
v Installation settings: This task prompts you for user and system settings, time  
zone, the operating system product key, and the administrator password.  
v Network settings: This task prompts you for domain and workgroup settings,  
Ethernet controller type, IP address settings, DNS settings, and WINS address  
settings.  
v Install applications: This task enables you to run custom commands or scripts  
at the end of the installation process, install ThinkServer EasyManage software  
to help you manage your servers, and install the ThinkServer EasyUpdate  
program to keep your servers up to date.  
v Confirm settings: This task enables you to review all of the information you  
provided and optionally save the information on a diskette or USB device as a  
response file for future installations on similarly configured Lenovo servers.  
v Start installation: This task starts the actual installation process. First, the disk  
is prepared using the disk and partition information you specified. Then you are  
prompted to insert the operating system disk and the operating system is  
installed using the information that you specified.  
Installing your operating system without using EasyStartup  
If you have already configured the server hardware and you are not using the  
EasyStartup program to install your operating system, complete the following steps  
to download the latest operating-system installation instructions from the Lenovo  
Web site:  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Select the operating system that you want from the Operating system list, and  
click Continue.  
6. Click Operating system installation to download instructions to install the  
operating system.  
Using the mini-baseboard management controller utility programs  
Use the mini-baseboard management controller utility programs to configure the  
mini-baseboard management controller, download firmware updates and SDR/FRU  
updates, and remotely manage a network.  
Using the mini-baseboard management controller setup utility  
program  
Use the mini-baseboard management controller setup utility program to view or  
change mini-baseboard management controller information, user management, LAN  
configuration, and LAN alert settings. To download the program, complete the  
following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
26 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
6. From the BMC software, copy the files bmc.exe and Init.ini to a setup utility  
diskette.  
To start the mini-baseboard management controller setup utility program, complete  
the following steps:  
1. Turn on the server.  
2. Insert the setup utility diskette into the diskette drive.  
3. From a command line, type bmc and press Enter.  
For the program to interface with the mini-baseboard management controller, the  
parameters in the Intf.ini file must be set correctly. To modify the Intf.ini file, select 0  
from the main menu and use the arrow keys to select settings for the following  
parameters:  
v System interface: This is the interface through which system software sends  
and receives messages to and from the mini-baseboard management controller.  
Select KCS (keyboard controller style).  
v Port Address: This is the base address of the system interface.  
v Register Spacing: Select ByteBoundary, ThirtyTwoBitBoundary, or  
SixteenBitBoundary.  
v Channel Number: Use the arrow keys to select the channel number (0 through  
15).  
v DHCP Mode: This is the LAN configuration address source.  
Using the mini-baseboard management controller configuration  
utility program  
Use the mini-baseboard management controller configuration utility program to view  
or change the mini-baseboard management controller configuration settings and to  
save the configuration to a file for use on multiple servers.  
To download the program, complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
6. From the BMC software, copy the file bmc_cfg.exe to a configuration utility  
diskette.  
To start the mini-baseboard management controller configuration utility program,  
complete the following steps:  
1. Turn on the server.  
2. Insert the configuration utility diskette into the diskette drive.  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3. From a command line, type bmc_cfg and press Enter.  
For the program to interface with the mini-baseboard management controller, the  
parameters in the Intf.ini file must be set correctly. To modify the Intf.ini file, use the  
mini-baseboard management controller setup utility program or a text editor.  
Using the mini-baseboard management controller firmware  
updates utility program  
Use the mini-baseboard management controller firmware update utility program to  
download a mini-baseboard management controller firmware update. This program  
updates the mini-baseboard management controller firmware only and does not  
affect any device drivers.  
Important: To ensure proper server operation, be sure to update the  
mini-baseboard management controller firmware before you update the BIOS code.  
To download the program, complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
6. From the BMC software, copy the file Flash.exe to a firmware update diskette.  
To update the firmware, use one of the following procedures:  
v If the Linux or Windows operating-system update package is available from the  
World Wide Web and you have obtained it, follow the instructions that come with  
the package.  
v If you are using a diskette, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn on the server.  
2. Insert the firmware update diskette into the diskette drive.  
3. From a command line, type flash -? and press Enter.  
For the program to interface with the mini-baseboard management controller, the  
parameters in the Intf.ini file must be set correctly. To modify the Intf.ini file, use the  
mini-baseboard management controller setup utility program or a text editor.  
Using the mini-baseboard management controller SDR/FRU  
update utility program  
Use the mini-baseboard management controller SDR/FRU update utility program to  
download an SDR/FRU update.  
To download the program, complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
28 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
6. From the BMC software, copy the file fsloader.exe to an SDR/FRU update  
diskette.  
To start the mini-baseboard management controller SDR/FRU update utility  
program, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn on the server.  
2. Insert the SDR/FRU update diskette into the diskette drive.  
3. From a command line, type fsloader -? and press Enter.  
Using the mini-baseboard management controller management utility  
program: Use the mini-baseboard management controller management utility  
program to remotely manage and configure a server network. The following features  
are available from the program:  
v IPMI (Intelligent Platform Management Interface) Shell  
Use this feature to remotely perform power-management and system  
identification control functions over a LAN or serial port interface from a  
command-line interface. Use this feature also to remotely view the event log.  
v Serial over LAN Proxy  
Use this feature to remotely perform control and management functions over a  
Serial over LAN network. Use this feature also to remotely view and change the  
BIOS settings.  
To download the utility program and create the mini-baseboard management  
controller management utility CD, complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select  
Servers from the Select your product list.  
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
6. From the BMC software, use the information on the CD to install and use the  
program.  
Using the Boot Menu program  
The Boot Menu program is a built in, menu-driven configuration program that you  
can use to temporarily redefine the first startup device without changing settings in  
the Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
To use the Boot Menu program, complete the following steps:  
1. Restart the server.  
2. Press F12.  
3. Select the startup device.  
The next time the server is started, it returns to the startup sequence that is set in  
the Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Enabling the Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Boot Agent  
The Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Boot Agent is part of the BIOS. You can  
use it to configure the network as a startable device, and you can customize where  
the network Startup optional devices occurs in the startup sequence. Enable and  
disable the Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Boot Agent from the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
To enable the Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet boot agent, complete the  
following steps:  
1. From the Configuration/Setup Utility main menu, select Devices and I/O Ports.  
Select Planar Ethernet and set it to Enabled, if it is not already enabled. Press  
Esc to exit.  
2. From the Start Options menu choice, press Enter and make sure that Planar  
Ethernet PXE/DHCP is set to Enabled. Select Startup Sequence Options and  
press Enter; then, set the network-planar device as the first startup device.  
3. Press Esc twice to exit.  
4. Select Save Settings in the Configuration/Setup Utility main menu and press  
Enter to save your changes.  
Configuring the Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet controller  
The Ethernet controller is integrated on the system board. It provides an interface  
for connecting to a 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, or 1 Gbps network and provides full duplex  
(FDX) capability, which enables simultaneous transmission and reception of data on  
the network. If the Ethernet port in the server supports auto-negotiation, the  
controller detects the data-transfer rate (10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, or 1000BASE-T)  
and duplex mode (full-duplex or half-duplex) of the network and automatically  
operates at that rate and mode.  
You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controller. However, you must  
install a device driver to enable the operating system to address the controller. For  
device drivers and information about configuring the Ethernet controller, see the  
Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Software CD that comes with the server. To  
find updated information about configuring the controller, complete the following  
steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
LSI Configuration Utility program  
Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage redundant array  
of independent disks (RAID) arrays. Be sure to use this program as described in  
this document.  
v Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to:  
– Perform a low-level format on a hard disk drive  
– Create an array of hard disk drives with or without a hot-spare drive  
– Set protocol parameters on hard disk drives  
30 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
The integrated SAS/SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports RAID arrays.  
You can use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure RAID 1 (IM), RAID  
1E (IME), and RAID 0 (IS) for a single pair of attached devices. If you install a  
different type of RAID adapter, follow the instructions in the documentation that  
comes with the adapter to view or change settings for attached devices.  
In addition, you can download an LSI command-line configuration program from:  
When you are using the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage  
arrays, consider the following information:  
v The integrated SAS/SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports the following  
features:  
– Integrated Mirroring (IM) with hot-spare support (also known as RAID 1)  
Use this option to create an integrated array of two disks plus up to two  
optional hot spares. All data on the primary disk can be migrated.  
– Integrated Mirroring Enhanced (IME) with hot-spare support (also known as  
RAID 1E)  
Use this option to create an integrated mirror enhanced array of three to eight  
disks, including up to two optional hot spares. All data on the array disks will  
be deleted.  
– Integrated Striping (IS) (also known as RAID 0)  
Use this option to create an integrated striping array of two to eight disks. All  
data on the array disks will be deleted.  
v Hard disk drive capacities affect how you create arrays. The drives in an array  
can have different capacities, but the RAID controller treats them as if they all  
have the capacity of the smallest hard disk drive.  
v If you use an integrated SAS/SATA controller with RAID capabilities to configure  
a RAID 1 (mirrored) array after you have installed the operating system, you will  
lose access to any data or applications that were previously stored on the  
secondary drive of the mirrored pair.  
v If you install a different type of RAID controller, see the documentation that  
comes with the controller for information about viewing and changing settings for  
attached devices.  
Starting the LSI Configuration Utility program  
To start the LSI Configuration Utility program, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn on the server.  
2. When the prompt <<< Press <CTRL><C> to start LSI Configuration Utility  
>>> is displayed, press Ctrl+C. If you have set an administrator password, you  
are prompted to type the password.  
3. To select a controller (channel) from the list of adapters, use the arrow keys and  
press Enter.  
4. To change the settings of the selected items, follow the instructions on the  
screen. If you select Raid Properties, SAS Topology, or Advanced Adapter  
Properties additional screens are displayed.  
When you have finished changing settings, press Esc to exit from the program;  
select Save to save the settings that you have changed.  
Formatting a hard disk drive  
Low-level formatting removes all data from the hard disk. If there is data on the disk  
that you want to save, back up the hard disk before you perform this procedure.  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Note: Before you format a hard disk, make sure that the disk is not part of a  
mirrored pair.  
To format a drive, complete the following steps:  
1. From the list of adapters, select the controller (channel) for the drive that you  
want to format and press Enter.  
2. Select SAS Topology and press Enter.  
3. Select Direct Attach Devices and press Enter.  
4. To highlight the drive that you want to format, use the Up Arrow and Down  
Arrow keys. To scroll left and right, use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow keys or  
the End key. Press Alt+D.  
5. To start the low-level formatting operation, select Format and press Enter.  
Creating a RAID array of hard disk drives  
To create a RAID array of hard disk drives, complete the following steps:  
1. From the list of adapters, select the controller (channel) for the drives that you  
want to mirror.  
2. Select RAID Properties.  
3. Select the type of array that you want to create.  
4. Use the arrow keys to highlight the first drive in the pair; then, press the Minus  
(-) or Plus (+) key to change the mirror value to Primary.  
5. Continue to select the next drive using the Minus (-) or Plus (+) key until you  
have selected all the drives for your array.  
6. Press C to create the disk array.  
7. Select Apply changes and exit menu to create the array.  
Setting up a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
This section describes how to set up, cable, and configure a Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine for use on an Advanced System Management (ASM) network  
so that you can manage the server remotely.  
In addition to the information in this section, see the documentation that comes with  
the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine for information about how to configure  
and use an ASM network to manage the server remotely through the Web-based  
interface or the text-based interface.  
Note: The Web-based interface and text-based interface do not support  
double-byte character set (DBCS) languages.  
Requirements  
Make sure that you have completed the following procedures before you set up the  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine:  
v Install the operating system, using the EasyStartup program and the  
documentation that comes with the operating system.  
v If you plan to use the remote disk function, install the following software:  
– On the server, install Microsoft Windows 2000 with Service Pack 3 or later.  
– On the client system, install Microsoft Windows 2000 or later and the Java 1.4  
or later Plug-in.  
32 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v Make sure that the server has an Internet connection, so that you can download  
software and firmware from the Lenovo support Web site during the installation  
process.  
v If you plan to configure Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap alerts  
on the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine, install and compile the  
management information base (MIB) on the SNMP manager.  
v If you plan to use the Web-based interface to access the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine remotely, install the Java 1.4 or later Plug-in and one of the  
following Web browsers on the client system:  
– Microsoft Internet Explorer version 5.5 with the latest Service Pack  
– Netscape Navigator version 7.0 or later  
– Mozilla version 1.3 or later  
The Web browser must be Java-enabled and must support JavaScript.  
Cabling the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
You can manage the server remotely through the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine by using one of the user interfaces and one of the connection methods  
that are described in the following table.  
Table 3. Cabling tasks to enable remote access to the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine  
User interface to Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine  
Connection to Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine  
ASM Web-based interface using HTTP  
Text-based interface using Telnet  
LAN using the Ethernet connector  
To connect the Ethernet cables, complete the following steps:  
1. Connect one end of a Category 3 or Category 5 Ethernet cable to the dedicated  
Ethernet connector for the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine. Connect the  
other end of the cable to the network. The following illustration shows the  
locations of the Ethernet connectors.  
2. To make sure that the network connection is working, check the Ethernet LEDs.  
The following illustration shows the locations of the LEDs.  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Ethernet transmit/ receive activity LED ꢀ8ꢁ  
(amber)  
Serial 1 (Com1) connector  
Parallel connector  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Ethernet link status LED (green)  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine (Ethernet) connector  
USB connectors 1 and 2  
Ethernet connector  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
ꢀ10ꢁ Serial 2 (Com2) connector  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ11ꢁ DC power LED  
ꢀ12ꢁ AC power LED  
USB connectors 3 and 4  
Video connector  
ꢀ13ꢁ Power cord connector  
Installing the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine firmware  
The software and firmware files that you need are contained in one system service  
package installation kit. The kit contains the following files:  
v Software and firmware installation instructions  
v BIOS code update with support for the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
v Diagnostics code update  
v Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine device drivers  
v Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine firmware update  
v Integrated service processor firmware update  
v Video device driver  
v Firmware-update utility program  
To download and install the software and firmware, complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
34 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
6. Select the software or firmware package that you want to install. On the next  
page, click the link for each file that you want to download. Follow the  
instructions that are displayed.  
7. Repeat step 5 until you have downloaded all the files that you need.  
8. Follow the instructions in the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine readme file  
that you downloaded to install the software and firmware.  
9. Restart the server after the software and firmware are installed.  
Completing the setup  
See the documentation that comes with IBM Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
for instructions for completing the configuration, including the following procedures:  
v Configuring the Ethernet ports  
v Defining login IDs and passwords  
v Selecting the events that will receive alert notifications  
v Monitoring remote server status by using the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine Web-based interface  
v Controlling the server remotely  
v Virtually attaching a remote diskette drive, CD or DVD drive, or disk image to the  
server  
After you configure the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine, use the Web-based  
interface to create a backup copy of the configuration so that you can restore the  
configuration, if you have to replace the adapter. For more information, see the  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine documentation.  
Chapter 2. Configuration information and instructions 35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
36 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types  
6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434  
The following replaceable components are available for all models of the  
ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 server, except as  
specified otherwise in Table 4 on page 38. For an updated parts listing, consult the  
latest version of the Hardware Maintenance Manual on the Lenovo Support Web  
site.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
Chassis assembly  
Front-panel assembly  
Front USB connector assembly  
Optical drive  
Diskette drive  
Bezels, drive  
Bezel, upper  
Bezel, lower  
Hard disk drive  
ꢀ12ꢁ Hard disk drive backplate  
ꢀ13ꢁ Hard disk drive fan assembly  
ꢀ14ꢁ System board assembly  
ꢀ15ꢁ SAS/SATA controller  
ꢀ16ꢁ Microprocessor  
ꢀ17ꢁ Heat sink  
ꢀ18ꢁ Cover  
ꢀ19ꢁ Non-hot-swap power supply  
ꢀ20ꢁ DIMM  
ꢀ10ꢁ Front adapter support bracket  
ꢀ21ꢁ Rear system fan  
ꢀ11ꢁ Hard disk drive cage  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Replaceable server components  
Replaceable components are of three types:  
v Self-service customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of self-service  
CRUs is your responsibility. If Lenovo installs a self-service CRU at your request,  
you will be charged for the installation.  
v Optional-service customer replaceable unit: You may install an  
optional-service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it, at no additional  
charge, under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server.  
v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by trained service  
technicians.  
For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance,  
see the Warranty and Support Information document.  
Table 4. Parts listing, Types 6431  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
1
2
3
4
Chassis assembly (all models)  
Control Panel Assembly (all models)  
Front USB connector assembly (all models)  
44X0386  
44E7571  
26K7340  
Optical drive, DVD-Ramble Half-HighSATA (optional) (all  
models)  
43W8467  
43W8466  
4
Optical drive, DVD-ROM Half-HighSATA (optional)  
(models 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q  
14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15G 15A 11G 12U 12F 12S  
12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K  
12R 12E 12J)  
6
7
8
9
Bezels, drive (all models)  
Bezel, upper (all models)  
Bezel, lower (all models)  
46U1020  
46U1020  
46U1020  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 160 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models 11G 12U 12F 12S  
12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K  
12R 12E 12J)  
45J9632  
9
9
9
9
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5- inch 250 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models)  
45J9634  
46U1024  
45J9638  
45J9640  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 500 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5- inch 750 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 160 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G  
12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J)  
9
9
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 250 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
45J9642  
45J9644  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 500 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
38 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Table 4. Parts listing, Types 6431 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
9
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 750 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
45J9646  
45J9658  
45J9660  
46U2108  
45J9654  
45J9652  
45J9648  
9
9
9
9
9
9
Hard disk drive, SAS, 3.5-inch 146 GB, 15K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 3.5-inch 300 GB, 15K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, 450GB 15K SAS 3.5HS HDD 300GB  
15K (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 2.5-inch 73 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 2.5-inch 146 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5’’ HS HDD 1Tb  
(models)  
10  
11  
11  
11  
12  
Retention bracket (front), adapter (all models)  
13N2993  
42C8910  
42C8911  
44E7299  
39Y9757  
Hard disk drive cage, 4 BAY 3.5SS/HS cage (all models)  
Hard disk drive cage, 4 BAY HS 2.5cage (all models)  
Hard disk drive cage, 8X2.5DASDCAG (models)  
Hard disk drive backplane (for 2.5-inch and 3.5 in  
Hot-Swap SAS/SATA hard disk drives) (models)  
12  
13  
13  
14  
Hard disk drive backplane (for 3.5-inch Simple-Swap  
SATA hard disk drives) (all models)  
25R8842  
39Y9860  
42C7507  
44E7312  
Hard disk drive fan assembly (for 3.5-inch drive cage) (all  
models)  
Hard disk drive fan assembly, 2.5DASD DUCT (all  
models)  
System board assembly (models 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D  
14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15G  
15A 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q  
12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J)  
15  
16  
LSI SAS/SATA RAID 01 controller (all models)  
43V7415  
Microprocessor, 800 MHz/2M, 2.4 GHz dual-core (models  
11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T  
12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J)  
44E7641  
16  
16  
16  
16  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/6M, 2.5 GHz quad-core  
(models)  
44E7589  
44E7590  
44E7591  
44E7588  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/12M, 2.66 GHz quad-core  
(models)  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/12M, 3.0 GHz quad-core  
(models)  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/6M, 3.0 GHz dual-core  
(models 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q  
14T 14K 14R 14E 14J)  
16  
Microprocessor, E2200 2.2G 1MB (models CTO)  
46C1259  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4. Parts listing, Types 6431 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
16  
Description  
Microprocessor, X3370 3.0G12MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, E5300 2.6G2MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, E7400 2.8G3MB (models CTO)  
46C6452  
46C6713  
46C6714  
46M0338  
16  
16  
16  
Microprocessor, E7200 2.53G3MB (models CTO 15U 15G  
15A )  
16  
17  
18  
19  
Microprocessor, X3330 2.66G6MB (models CTO)  
Heat sink (all models)  
46M0340  
43W0401  
25R8859  
39Y7330  
Side cover with lock (all models)  
Power supply, non-redundant 401 watt (models 14U 14F  
14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E  
14J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q  
12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J)  
19  
20  
Power supply, redundant, 430 watt (optional) (models 15U  
15G 15A)  
39Y7332  
46U1059  
Memory, 1GB 1RX8 1 GBIT DDR2-800 1GBDIMMKIT  
(models 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q  
14T 14K 14R 14E 14J12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G  
12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J)  
20  
21  
Memory, 2GB 2RX8 1 GBIT DDR2-800 2GBDIMM  
(models 15U 15G 15A)  
46U1060  
System fan, rear (all models)  
25R8829  
33F8354  
39Y9810  
25R8849  
Battery, 3.0 volt (all models)  
Cable, 18-inch SATA signal (all models)  
Cable, 401 watt DAS (for non-redundant power supply  
and hot-swap drives connection) (all models)  
Cable, diskette drive (optional) (all models)  
Cable, mini-SAS/SATA 4X signal (all models)  
EMC I/O shield (for system I/O ports) (all models)  
39Y9728  
41Y3884  
25R8843  
13N2997  
EMC shield kit (for 5.25 in. and 3.5 in. drive bays) (all  
models)  
Feet, chassis (all models)  
13N2985  
41A5100  
Keyboard, US (all models)  
Keylock, keyed-alike (all models)  
26K7363  
26K7364  
Keylock, keyed-random (all models)  
Kit, Retainer (for optical and diskette drives) (all models)  
Mouse, optical, 3-button (optional) (all models)  
39R9369  
41U3013  
Power supply cage (for redundant power supplies) (all  
models)  
39Y7324  
Retention module (for fan sink) (all models)  
System service label (all models)  
25R8873  
44E7281  
25R8864  
Tray assembly, simple-swap (all models)  
40 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4. Parts listing, Types 6431 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
IBM Ultra320 SCSI PCIe Controller (all models)  
HOOKEBKPLP9 (all models)  
43W4325  
44E8783  
44T1412  
41Y9086  
43W4341  
43W4342  
43W4343  
25R8071  
43W4297  
39R8750  
25R8857  
42C7509  
44E7337  
13N2413  
42C1053  
39R6530  
39R6532  
44E7578  
25R8836  
39Y9773  
41Y9292  
59P4739  
44X0388  
39Y9783  
25R8864  
42C7495  
39Y6107  
39R6526  
Remote Supervisor Adapter (RSAII) Slimline (all models)  
RSA Slimline Bracket (all models)  
LSI MR-10M adapter (all models)  
SATA/SAS RAID adapter battery carrier (all models)  
SATA/SAS RAID adapter battery carrier (all models)  
IBM SAS HBA Controller (all models)  
IBM x RAID 10i (all models)  
IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 (all models)  
Integrated FDD Bezel (all models)  
PSU ADAPTER (all models)  
EMI SHIELD BRACKET (all models)  
Panel Mount Cable Assembly (all models)  
2nd Serial Port (all models)  
1M CABLE (all models)  
3M CABLE (all models)  
Interposer cable (all models)  
SIDE/TOP COVER (all models)  
Misc. Kit (all models)  
Thermal Grease (all models)  
ALCOHOL WIPE (all models)  
HDD SHIELD (all models)  
C2 Cable RoHS (all models)  
Simple Swap Tray Assembly (all models)  
HDD Carrier Assembly (all models)  
PRO/1000GTSV (all models)  
Qlogic 4 Gbs PCI-E single port fiber channel adapter  
CRU (all models)  
Qlogic 4 Gbs PCI-E dual port fiber channel adapter CRU  
(all models)  
39R6528  
PRO/1K PT Dual (all models)  
39Y6128  
39Y6148  
42C1772  
43W7510  
Qlogic iSCSI single-port PCIe HBA adapter (all models)  
Qlogic iSCSI dual-port PCIe HBA adapter (all models)  
Emulex 4 Gbs PCI-E single port fiber channel adapter (all  
models)  
Emulex 4 Gbs PCI-E dual port fiber channel adapter (all  
models)  
43W7512  
43W4301  
LSI MR-10i Adapter battery (all models)  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4. Parts listing, Types 6431 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
FRUGBM (all models)  
44E7342  
44E7343  
44E7344  
43X0334  
44E4851  
41Y3903  
44T2135  
FRUGBM (all models)  
OEM / SpeclBids FRUGBM (all models)  
EULER 2.5HDD BACKPLANE (all models)  
PCI-X Slot Enablement card (all models)  
HSDriveIDs (all models)  
SYSServiceOEM (all models)  
42 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5. Parts listing, Types 6432  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
1
2
3
4
4
Chassis assembly (all models)  
44X0386  
44E7571  
26K7340  
Front-panel assembly (all models)  
Front USB connector assembly (all models)  
Multiburner, SATA Rambo 8 (optional) (all models)  
43W8467  
43W8466  
DVD-ROM drive, SATA 16/48 (optional) (models 17U 17F  
17S 17L 17D 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17K 17R 17E  
17J 18G 18H 19G 19H 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G  
12B 12H 12V 13G 14G 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G  
15M 15A 15Q 15T 15B 15H 15V 15K 15R 15E 15J 16G)  
6
7
8
9
Bezels, drive (all models)  
Bezel, upper (all models)  
Bezel, lower (all models)  
46U1020  
46U1020  
46U1020  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 160 GB,  
45J9632  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models 18G 18H 19G 19H  
11M 11A 11Q 11T 11K 11R 11E 11J 13G)  
9
9
9
9
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5- inch 250 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models 14G 16G)  
45J9634  
46U1024  
45J9638  
45J9640  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 500 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5- inch 750 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 160 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models 18G 18H 19G 19H 11M 11A 11Q 11T  
11K 11R 11E 11J 13G)  
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 250 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models 14G 16G)  
45J9642  
45J9644  
45J9646  
45J9658  
45J9660  
45J9654  
45J9652  
45J9648  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 500 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 750 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 3.5-inch 146 GB, 15K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 3.5-inch 300 GB, 15K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 2.5-inch 73 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 2.5-inch 146 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
9
Hard disk drive, SATA 3.5-inch 1TB , hot-swap (models)  
Retention bracket (front), adapter (all models)  
10  
11  
11  
13N2993  
Hard disk drive cage, 3.5-inch drives (all models)  
42C8910  
42C8911  
Hard disk drive cage, 2.5-inch drives (four bays) (all  
models)  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5. Parts listing, Types 6432 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
11  
Hard disk drive cage, 2.5-inch drives (eight bays) (all  
models)  
44E7299  
12  
12  
13  
13  
13  
14  
Hard disk drive backplane (for 2.5-inch and 3.5 in  
Hot-Swap SAS/SATA hard disk drives) (all models)  
39Y9757  
25R8842  
39Y9860  
42C7507  
44E7301  
Hard disk drive backplate (for 3.5-inch Simple-Swap SATA  
hard disk drives) (models)  
Hard disk drive fan assembly (for 3.5-inch drive cage) (all  
models)  
Hard disk drive fan assembly (for 2.5-inch drive cage with  
4 bays) (all models)  
Hard disk drive fan assembly (for 2.5-inch drive cage with  
8 bays) (all models)  
System board assembly (models 17U 17F 17S 17L 17D  
17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17K 17R 17E 17J 18G 18H  
19G 19H 11M 11A 11Q 11T 11K 11R 11E 11J 12U 12F  
12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G 14G 15U 15F  
15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15B 15H 15V  
15K 15R 15E 15J 16G)  
44E7312  
44E7641  
15  
16  
LSI SAS/SATA RAID 01 controller (all models)  
43V7415  
Microprocessor, 800 MHz/2M, 2.4 GHz dual-core (models  
11M 11A 11Q 11T 11K 11R 11E 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L  
12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V)  
16  
16  
16  
16  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/6M, 2.5 GHz quad-core  
(models 16G)  
44E7589  
44E7590  
44E7591  
44E7588  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/12M, 2.66 GHz quad-core  
(models)  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/12M, 3.0 GHz quad-core  
(models)  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/6M, 3.0 GHz dual-core  
(models 19G 19H 13G 14G 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y  
15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15B 15H 15V 15K 15R 15E 15J)  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
Microprocessor, E2200 2.2G 1MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, X3370 3.0G12MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, E5300 2.6G2MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, E7400 2.8G3MB (models CTO)  
46C1259  
46C6452  
46C6713  
46C6714  
46M0338  
Microprocessor, E7200 2.53G3MB (models CTO 17U 17F  
17S 17L 17D 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17K 17R 17E  
17J 18G 18H)  
16  
17  
18  
Microprocessor, X3330 2.66G6MB (models CTO)  
Fan sink (all models)  
46M0340  
43W0401  
25R8859  
Side cover with lock (all models)  
44 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5. Parts listing, Types 6432 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
19  
Power supply, non-redundant 401 watt (models 17U 17F  
17S 17L 17D 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17K 17R 17E  
17J 18G 18H 19G 19H 11M 11A 11Q 11T 11K 11R 11E  
11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G  
14G 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T  
15B 15H 15V 15K 15R 15E 15J 16G)  
39Y7330  
19  
20  
Power supply, redundant, 430 watt (optional) (models)  
39Y7332  
46U1017  
Memory, 1 GB DDR2/800 MHz ECC (models 17U 17F  
17S 17L 17D 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17K 17R 17E  
17J 18G 18H 19G 19H 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G  
12B 12H 12V 13G)  
20  
Memory, 2 GB DDR2/800 MHz ECC (models 14G 15U  
15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15B 15H  
15V 15K 15R 15E 15J 16G)  
46U1018  
20  
21  
Memory, 4GB DDR2/800 MHz ECC (models)  
System fan, rear (all models)  
46U1019  
25R8829  
33F8354  
39Y9810  
25R8849  
Battery, 3.0 volt (all models)  
Cable, 18-inch SATA signal (all models)  
Cable, 401 watt DAS (for non-redundant power supply  
and hot-swap drives connection) (all models)  
Cable, diskette drive (optional) (all models)  
Cable, mini-SAS/SATA 4X signal (all models)  
EMC I/O shield (for system I/O ports) (all models)  
39Y9728  
41Y3884  
25R8843  
13N2997  
EMC shield kit (for 5.25 in. and 3.5 in. drive bays) (all  
models)  
Feet, chassis (all models)  
13N2985  
41A5100  
Keyboard, US (all models)  
Keylock, keyed-alike (all models)  
26K7363  
26K7364  
Keylock, keyed-random (all models)  
Kit, Retainer (for optical and diskette drives) (all models)  
Mouse, optical, 3-button (optional) (all models)  
39R9369  
41U3013  
Power supply cage (for redundant power supplies) (all  
models)  
39Y7324  
25R8873  
Retention module (for fan sink) (all models)  
System service label (all models)  
44E7281  
Tray assembly, simple-swap (all models)  
IBM Ultra320 SCSI PCIe Controller (all models)  
Remote Supervisor Adapter (RSAII) Slimline (all models)  
RSA Slimline Bracket (all models)  
25R8864  
43W4325  
44T1412  
41Y9086  
43W4341  
43W4342  
43W4343  
SATA/SAS RAID adapter (all models)  
SATA/SAS RAID adapter battery (all models)  
SATA/SAS RAID adapter battery carrier (all models)  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5. Parts listing, Types 6432 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
IBM SAS HBA Controller (all models)  
IBM x RAID 10i (all models)  
IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 (all models)  
25R8071  
43W4297  
39R8750  
46 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 6. Parts listing, Types 6434  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
1
2
3
4
4
Chassis assembly (all models)  
44X0386  
44E7571  
26K7340  
Front-panel assembly (all models)  
Front USB connector assembly (all models)  
Multiburner, SATA Rambo 8 (optional) (all models)  
43W8467  
43W8466  
DVD-ROM drive, SATA 16/48 (optional) (models 13U 13F  
13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13K 13R 13E  
13J 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U  
15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R  
15E 15J 16G 16M 16A 16Q 16T 16K 16J 11U 11F 11S  
11L 11D 11Y 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J)  
6
7
8
9
Bezels, drive (all models)  
Bezel, upper (all models)  
Bezel, lower (all models)  
46U1020  
46U1020  
46U1020  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 160 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models)  
45J9632  
45J9634  
9
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5- inch 250 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models 14G 14M 14A 14Q  
14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J)  
9
9
9
9
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 500 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models)  
46U1024  
45J9638  
45J9640  
45J9642  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5- inch 750 GB,  
fixed/simple-swap, with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 160 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 250 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R  
14E 14J)  
9
9
9
9
9
9
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 500 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
45J9644  
45J9646  
45J9658  
45J9660  
45J9654  
45J9652  
45J9648  
Hard disk drive, SATA, 3.5-inch 750 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 3.5-inch 146 GB, 15K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 3.5-inch 300 GB, 15K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 2.5-inch 73 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
Hard disk drive, SAS, 2.5-inch 146 GB, 10K, hot-swap,  
with tray (models)  
9
Hard disk drive, SATA 3.5-inch 1TB , hot-swap (models)  
Retention bracket (front), adapter (all models)  
10  
11  
11  
13N2993  
Hard disk drive cage, 3.5-inch drives (all models)  
42C8910  
42C8911  
Hard disk drive cage, 2.5-inch drives (four bays) (all  
models)  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 6. Parts listing, Types 6434 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
11  
Hard disk drive cage, 2.5-inch drives (eight bays) (all  
models)  
44E7299  
12  
12  
13  
13  
13  
14  
Hard disk drive backplane (for 2.5-inch and 3.5 in  
Hot-Swap SAS/SATA hard disk drives) (all models)  
39Y9757  
25R8842  
39Y9860  
42C7507  
44E7301  
Hard disk drive backplate (for 3.5-inch Simple-Swap SATA  
hard disk drives) (all models)  
Hard disk drive fan assembly (for 3.5-inch drive cage) (all  
models)  
Hard disk drive fan assembly (for 2.5-inch drive cage with  
4 bays) (all models)  
Hard disk drive fan assembly (for 2.5-inch drive cage with  
8 bays) (all models)  
System board assembly (models 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D  
13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13K 13R 13E 13J 14G 14M  
14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L  
15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15J 16G  
16M 16A 16Q 16T 16K 16J 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y  
12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J)  
44E7312  
15  
16  
16  
LSI SAS/SATA RAID 01 controller (all models)  
43V7415  
Microprocessor, 800 MHz/2M, 2.4 GHz dual-core (models)  
44E7641  
44E7589  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/6M, 2.5 GHz quad-core  
(models)  
16  
16  
16  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/12M, 2.66 GHz quad-core  
(models 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 12M 12A 12Q 12T  
12K 12R 12E 12J)  
44E7590  
44E7591  
44E7588  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/12M, 3.0 GHz quad-core  
(models 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q  
15T 15K 15R 15E 15J)  
Microprocessor, 1333 MHz/6M, 3.0 GHz dual-core  
(models 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q  
13T 13K 13R 13E 13J)  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
Microprocessor, E2200 2.2G 1MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, X3370 3.0G12MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, E5300 2.6G2MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, E7400 2.8G3MB (models CTO)  
Microprocessor, E7200 2.53G3MB (models CTO)  
46C1259  
46C6452  
46C6713  
46C6714  
46M0338  
46M0340  
Microprocessor, X3330 2.66G6MB (models CTO 14G 14M  
14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 16G 16M 16A 16Q  
16T 16K 16J)  
17  
18  
19  
Fan sink (all models)  
43W0401  
25R8859  
39Y7330  
Side cover with lock (all models)  
Power supply, non-redundant 401 watt (models 13U 13F  
13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13K 13R 13E  
13J)  
48 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 6. Parts listing, Types 6434 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
19  
Power supply, redundant, 430 watt (optional) (models 14G  
14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S  
15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15J  
16G 16M 16A 16Q 16T 16K 16J 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D  
11Y 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J)  
39Y7332  
20  
20  
Memory, 1 GB DDR2/800 MHz ECC (models 13U 13F  
13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13K 13R 13E  
13J 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 16G  
16M 16A 16Q 16T 16K 16J)  
46U1017  
46U1018  
Memory, 2 GB DDR2/800 MHz ECC (models 15U 15F  
15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E  
15J 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K  
12R 12E 12J)  
20  
21  
Memory, 4GB DDR2/800 MHz ECC (models)  
System fan, rear (all models)  
46U1019  
25R8829  
33F8354  
39Y9810  
25R8849  
Battery, 3.0 volt (all models)  
Cable, 18-inch SATA signal (all models)  
Cable, 401 watt DAS (for non-redundant power supply  
and hot-swap drives connection) (all models)  
Cable, diskette drive (optional) (all models)  
Cable, mini-SAS/SATA 4X signal (all models)  
EMC I/O shield (for system I/O ports) (all models)  
39Y9728  
41Y3884  
25R8843  
13N2997  
EMC shield kit (for 5.25 in. and 3.5 in. drive bays) (all  
models)  
Feet, chassis (all models)  
13N2985  
41A5100  
Keyboard, US (all models)  
Keylock, keyed-alike (all models)  
26K7363  
26K7364  
Keylock, keyed-random (all models)  
Kit, Retainer (for optical and diskette drives) (all models)  
Mouse, optical, 3-button (optional) (all models)  
39R9369  
41U3013  
Power supply cage (for redundant power supplies) (all  
models)  
39Y7324  
25R8873  
Retention module (for fan sink) (all models)  
System service label (all models)  
44E7281  
Tray assembly, simple-swap (all models)  
IBM Ultra320 SCSI PCIe Controller (all models)  
Remote Supervisor Adapter (RSAII) Slimline (all models)  
RSA Slimline Bracket (all models)  
25R8864  
43W4325  
44T1412  
41Y9086  
43W4341  
43W4342  
43W4343  
25R8071  
SATA/SAS RAID adapter (all models)  
SATA/SAS RAID adapter battery (all models)  
SATA/SAS RAID adapter battery carrier (all models)  
IBM SAS HBA Controller (all models)  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 6. Parts listing, Types 6434 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Optional-  
service)  
CRU part  
number  
(Self-service)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
IBM x RAID 10i (all models)  
IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 (all models)  
43W4297  
39R8750  
50 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Power cords  
For your safety, Lenovo provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to  
use with this Lenovo product. To avoid electrical shock, always use the power cord  
and plug with a properly grounded outlet.  
Lenovo power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by  
Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) and certified by the Canadian Standards  
Association (CSA).  
For units intended to be operated at 115 volts: Use a UL-listed and CSA-certified  
cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT, three-conductor cord,  
a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade, grounding-type attachment  
plug rated 15 amperes, 125 volts.  
For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (U.S.): Use a UL-listed and  
CSA-certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT,  
three-conductor cord, a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade,  
grounding-type attachment plug rated 15 amperes, 250 volts.  
For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (outside the U.S.): Use a cord set  
with a grounding-type attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate  
safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed.  
Lenovo power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in  
that country or region.  
Table 7. Power cords, Type 6431  
Lenovo Power cord  
part number  
Used in these countries and regions  
Taiwan (models 12V)  
39M5247  
39M5206  
China (models)  
39M5102  
Australia, Fiji, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea  
(models 14M 12M)  
39M5123  
Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria,  
Azerbaijan, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia and Herzegovina,  
Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape  
Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo  
(Democratic Republic of), Congo (Republic of), Cote D’Ivoire  
(Ivory Coast), Croatia (Republic of), Czech Republic, Dahomey,  
Djibouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia,  
Finland, France, French Guyana, French Polynesia, Germany,  
Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea Bissau, Hungary, Iceland,  
Indonesia, Iran, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Laos (People’s  
Democratic Republic of), Latvia, Lebanon, Lithuania, Luxembourg,  
Macedonia (former Yugoslav Republic of), Madagascar, Mali,  
Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Moldova (Republic of),  
Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New  
Caledonia, Niger, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Reunion, Romania,  
Russian Federation, Rwanda, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi  
Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia (Republic of),  
Somalia, Spain, Suriname, Sweden, Syrian Arab Republic,  
Tajikistan, Tahiti, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine,  
Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis and Futuna,  
Yugoslavia (Federal Republic of), Zaire (models 14G 15G 12G)  
39M5130  
Denmark (models 14G 15G 12G)  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Table 7. Power cords, Type 6431 (continued)  
Lenovo Power cord  
part number  
Used in these countries and regions  
39M5144  
Bangladesh, Lesotho, Macao, Maldives, Namibia, Nepal,  
Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda  
(models 14G 14M 14A 15A 12G 12M 12A)  
39M5151  
Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei Darussalam, Channel  
Islands, China (Hong Kong S.A.R.), Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia,  
Ghana, Grenada, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia,  
Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar (Burma), Nigeria, Oman,  
Polynesia, Qatar, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent  
and the Grenadines, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sudan,  
Tanzania (United Republic of), Trinidad and Tobago, United Arab  
Emirates (Dubai), United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe  
(models 14G 14A 15A 15G 12G 12A)  
39M5158  
39M5165  
Liechtenstein, Switzerland (models 14G 15G 12G)  
Chile, Italy, Libyan Arab Jamahiriya (models 14S 14L 14Y 14G  
15G 12S 12Y 12L 12G)  
39M5172  
39M5179  
Israel (models 14G 15G 12G)  
220 - 240 V  
Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,  
Bermuda, Bolivia, Caicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands,  
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El  
Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico,  
Micronesia (Federal States of), Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua,  
Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Taiwan,  
United States of America, Venezuela (models 14G 15G 12G)  
39M5081  
110 - 120 V  
Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,  
Bermuda, Bolivia, Caicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands,  
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El  
Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico,  
Micronesia (Federal States of), Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua,  
Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Taiwan,  
United States of America, Venezuela (models 14U 14F 14S 14L  
14D 14A 14T 15A 15U 12U 12F 12S 12L 12A 12T)  
39M5219  
Korea (Democratic People’s Republic of), Korea (Republic of)  
(models 14K 14R 12K 12R)  
39M5199  
39M5068  
39M5226  
39M5233  
Japan (models 14E 14J 12E 12J)  
Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay (models 14Y 12Y)  
India (models 14Q 12Q)  
Brazil (models 12P)  
Table 8. Power cords, Type 6432  
Lenovo Power cord  
part number  
Used in these countries and regions  
39M5247  
Taiwan (models 12V 15V)  
China (models)  
39M5206  
39M5102  
Australia, Fiji, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea  
(models 17M 11M 15M)  
52 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 8. Power cords, Type 6432 (continued)  
Lenovo Power cord  
part number  
Used in these countries and regions  
39M5123  
Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria,  
Azerbaijan, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia and Herzegovina,  
Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape  
Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo  
(Democratic Republic of), Congo (Republic of), Cote D’Ivoire  
(Ivory Coast), Croatia (Republic of), Czech Republic, Dahomey,  
Djibouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia,  
Finland, France, French Guyana, French Polynesia, Germany,  
Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea Bissau, Hungary, Iceland,  
Indonesia, Iran, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Laos (People’s  
Democratic Republic of), Latvia, Lebanon, Lithuania, Luxembourg,  
Macedonia (former Yugoslav Republic of), Madagascar, Mali,  
Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Moldova (Republic of),  
Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New  
Caledonia, Niger, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Reunion, Romania,  
Russian Federation, Rwanda, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi  
Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia (Republic of),  
Somalia, Spain, Suriname, Sweden, Syrian Arab Republic,  
Tajikistan, Tahiti, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine,  
Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis and Futuna,  
Yugoslavia (Federal Republic of), Zaire (models 17G 18G 19G  
12G 13G 14G 15G 16G)  
39M5130  
39M5144  
Denmark (models 17G 18G 19G 12G 13G 14G 15G 16G)  
Bangladesh, Lesotho, Macao, Maldives, Namibia, Nepal,  
Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda  
(models 17G 17M 17A 18G 19G 12G 13G 14G 15G 16G 11M  
11A 15M 15A)  
39M5151  
Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei Darussalam, Channel  
Islands, China (Hong Kong S.A.R.), Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia,  
Ghana, Grenada, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia,  
Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar (Burma), Nigeria, Oman,  
Polynesia, Qatar, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent  
and the Grenadines, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sudan,  
Tanzania (United Republic of), Trinidad and Tobago, United Arab  
Emirates (Dubai), United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe  
(models 17G 18G 19G 12G 13G 14G 15G 16G)  
39M5158  
39M5165  
Liechtenstein, Switzerland (models 17G 18G 19G 12G 13G 14G  
15G 16G)  
Chile, Italy, Libyan Arab Jamahiriya (models 17S 17L 17Y 17T  
12S 12L 12Y 12G 13G 14G 15S 15L 15Y 15G 16G)  
39M5172  
39M5179  
Israel (models 17G 18G 19G 12G 13G 14G 15G 16G)  
220 - 240 V  
Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,  
Bermuda, Bolivia, Caicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands,  
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El  
Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico,  
Micronesia (Federal States of), Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua,  
Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Taiwan,  
United States of America, Venezuela (models 17G 18G 19G 12G  
13G 14G 15G 16G)  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 8. Power cords, Type 6432 (continued)  
Lenovo Power cord  
part number  
Used in these countries and regions  
39M5081  
110 - 120 V  
Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,  
Bermuda, Bolivia, Caicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands,  
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El  
Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico,  
Micronesia (Federal States of), Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua,  
Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Taiwan,  
United States of America, Venezuela (models 17U 17F 17S 17L  
17A 17D 17T 11A 11T 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 15U 15F 15S 15L  
15D 15A 15T)  
39M5219  
Korea (Democratic People’s Republic of), Korea (Republic of)  
(models 11K 15K)  
39M5199  
39M5068  
Japan (models 11J 15J)  
Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay (models 17L 17Y 12L 12Y 15L  
15Y)  
39M5226  
39M5233  
India (models 17Q 11Q 15Q)  
Brazil (models)  
54 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 9. Power cords, Type 6434  
Lenovo Power cord  
part number  
Used in these countries and regions  
39M5247  
Taiwan (models)  
39M5206  
China (models 14H)  
39M5102  
Australia, Fiji, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea  
(models 13M 14M 15M 16M 12M)  
39M5123  
Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria,  
Azerbaijan, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia and Herzegovina,  
Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape  
Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo  
(Democratic Republic of), Congo (Republic of), Cote D’Ivoire  
(Ivory Coast), Croatia (Republic of), Czech Republic, Dahomey,  
Djibouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia,  
Finland, France, French Guyana, French Polynesia, Germany,  
Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea Bissau, Hungary, Iceland,  
Indonesia, Iran, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Laos (People’s  
Democratic Republic of), Latvia, Lebanon, Lithuania, Luxembourg,  
Macedonia (former Yugoslav Republic of), Madagascar, Mali,  
Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Moldova (Republic of),  
Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New  
Caledonia, Niger, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Reunion, Romania,  
Russian Federation, Rwanda, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi  
Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia (Republic of),  
Somalia, Spain, Suriname, Sweden, Syrian Arab Republic,  
Tajikistan, Tahiti, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine,  
Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis and Futuna,  
Yugoslavia (Federal Republic of), Zaire (models 13A 14A 15A  
16A)  
39M5130  
39M5144  
Denmark (models 13G 14G 15G 16G)  
Bangladesh, Lesotho, Macao, Maldives, Namibia, Nepal,  
Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda  
(models 13M 14M 15M 16M 13G 14G 15G 16G 12M 12A)  
39M5151  
Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei Darussalam, Channel  
Islands, China (Hong Kong S.A.R.), Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia,  
Ghana, Grenada, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia,  
Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar (Burma), Nigeria, Oman,  
Polynesia, Qatar, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent  
and the Grenadines, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sudan,  
Tanzania (United Republic of), Trinidad and Tobago, United Arab  
Emirates (Dubai), United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe  
(models 13G 14G 15G 16G)  
39M5158  
39M5165  
Liechtenstein, Switzerland (models 13G 14G 15G 16G)  
Chile, Italy, Libyan Arab Jamahiriya (models 13G 14G 15G 16G  
13Y 15Y11S 11L 11Y)  
39M5172  
39M5179  
Israel (models 13G 14G 15G 16G)  
220 - 240 V  
Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,  
Bermuda, Bolivia, Caicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands,  
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El  
Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico,  
Micronesia (Federal States of), Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua,  
Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Taiwan,  
United States of America, Venezuela (models)  
Chapter 3. Parts listing, ThinkServer TS100 Machine Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434 55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 9. Power cords, Type 6434 (continued)  
Lenovo Power cord  
part number  
Used in these countries and regions  
39M5081  
110 - 120 V  
Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,  
Bermuda, Bolivia, Caicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands,  
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El  
Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico,  
Micronesia (Federal States of), Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua,  
Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Taiwan,  
United States of America, Venezuela (models 13T 14T 15T 16T  
13A 14A 15A 16A 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D  
11U 11F 11S 11D 12A 12T)  
39M5219  
Korea (Democratic People’s Republic of), Korea (Republic of)  
(models 13K 14K 15K 16K 13R 14R 15R 12K 12R)  
39M5199  
39M5068  
39M5226  
39M5233  
Japan (models 13E 14E 15E 13J 14J 15J 16J 12J)  
Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay (models 13L 13Y 15L 15Y 11Y)  
India (models 13Q 14Q 15Q 16Q12Q)  
Brazil (models)  
56 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components  
Replaceable components are of three types:  
v Self-service customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of self-service  
CRUs is your responsibility. If Lenovo installs a self-service CRU at your request,  
you will be charged for the installation.  
v Optional-service customer replaceable unit: You may install an  
optional-service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it, at no additional  
charge, under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server.  
v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by trained service  
technicians.  
and 6434,” on page 37 to determine whether a component is a self-service CRU,  
optional-service CRU, or FRU.  
For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance,  
see the Warranty and Support Information document.  
For additional information and important notes about installing options in the server,  
see the specific options section in the User Guide on the ThinkServer  
Documentation DVD.  
Installation guidelines  
Before you remove or replace a component, read the following information:  
v Read the safety information that begins on page vii and the guidelines in  
work safely.  
v When you install your new server, take the opportunity to download and apply  
the most recent firmware updates. This step will help to ensure that any known  
issues are addressed and that your server is ready to function at maximum levels  
of performance. You can use the ThinkServer EasyManage software, if  
applicable, to download the latest firmware updates. You can also download  
firmware updates from the Lenovo Support Web site.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select  
Servers from the Select your product list.  
3. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
v Before you install optional hardware devices, make sure that the server is  
working correctly. Start the server, and make sure that the operating system  
starts, if an operating system is installed, or that a 19990305 error code is  
displayed, indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is  
otherwise working correctly. If the server is not working correctly, see Chapter 5,  
“Diagnostics,” on page 129 for more information.  
v Observe good housekeeping in the area where you are working. Place removed  
covers and other parts in a safe place.  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v If you must start the server while the cover is removed, make sure that no one is  
near the server and that no other objects have been left inside the server.  
v Do not attempt to lift an object that you think is too heavy for you. If you have to  
lift a heavy object, observe the following precautions:  
– Make sure that you stand safely without slipping.  
– Distribute the weight of the object equally between your feet.  
– Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly or twist when you lift a heavy  
object.  
To avoid straining the muscles in your back, lift by standing or by pushing up  
with your leg muscles  
v Make sure that you have an adequate number of properly grounded electrical  
outlets for the server, monitor, and other devices.  
v Back up all important data before you make changes to disk drives.  
v Have a small flat-blade screwdriver available.  
v You do not have to turn off the server to install or replace hot-swap power  
supplies, hot-plug adapters, or hot-plug Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices.  
However, you must turn off the server before performing any steps that involve  
removing or installing adapter or system boardoard cables.  
v Blue on a component indicates touch points, where you can grip the component  
to remove it from or install it in the server, open or close a latch, and so on.  
v Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicates  
that the component can be hot-swapped, which means that if the server and  
operating system support hot-swap capability, you can remove or install the  
component while the server is running. (Orange can also indicate touch points on  
hot-swap components.) See the instructions for removing or installing a specific  
hot-swap component for any additional procedures that you might have to  
perform before you remove or install the component.  
v When you are finished working on the server, reinstall all safety shields, guards,  
labels, and ground wires.  
v For a list of supported optional devices for the server, go to:  
System reliability guidelines  
To help ensure proper cooling and system reliability, make sure that:  
v If the server has redundant power, each of the power supply bays has a power  
supply installed in it.  
v There is adequate space around the server to allow the server cooling system to  
work properly. Leave approximately 50 mm (2 in.) of open space around the front  
and rear of the server. Do not place objects in front of the fans. For proper  
cooling and airflow, replace the server cover before you turn on the server.  
Operating the server for extended periods of time (more than 30 minutes) with  
the server cover removed might damage server components.  
v You have followed the cabling instructions that come with optional adapters.  
v You have replaced a failed fan within 48 hours.  
v You have replaced a hot-swap drive within 10 minutes of removal.  
v You do not run the server without the air baffle installed. Operating the server  
without the air baffle might cause the microprocessor to overheat.  
v The microprocessor socket always contains a microprocessor and fan sink.  
58 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Working inside the server with the power on  
Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when  
the server is powered-on might cause the server to halt, which might result in the  
loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always use an electrostatic-discharge  
wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the  
power on.  
The server supports hot-plug, hot-add, and hot-swap devices and is designed to  
operate safely while it is turned on and the cover is removed. Follow these  
guidelines when you work inside a server that is turned on:  
v Avoid wearing loose-fitting clothing on your forearms. Button long-sleeved shirts  
before you work inside the server; do not wear cuff links while you are working  
inside the server.  
v Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the server.  
v Remove jewelry, such as bracelets, necklaces, rings, and loose-fitting wrist  
watches.  
v Remove items from your shirt pocket, such as pens and pencils, that might fall  
into the server as you lean over it.  
v Avoid dropping any metallic objects, such as paper clips, hairpins, and screws,  
into the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Handling static-sensitive devices  
Attention: Static electricity can damage the server and other electronic devices.  
To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in their static-protective packages  
until you are ready to install them.  
To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge, observe the  
following precautions:  
v Limit your movement. Movement can cause static electricity to build up around  
you.  
v The use of a grounding system is recommended. For example, wear an  
electrostatic-discharge wrist strap, if one is available. Always use an  
electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside  
the server with the power on.  
v Handle the device carefully, holding it by its edges or its frame.  
v Do not touch solder joints, pins, or exposed circuitry.  
v Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it.  
v While the device is still in its static-protective package, touch it to an unpainted  
metal part on the outside of the server for at least 2 seconds. This drains static  
electricity from the package and from your body.  
v Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the server without  
setting down the device. If it is necessary to set down the device, put it back into  
its static-protective package. Do not place the device on the server cover or on a  
metal surface.  
v Take additional care when handling devices during cold weather. Heating reduces  
indoor humidity and increases static electricity.  
Returning a device or component  
If you are instructed to return a device or component, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
60 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Connecting the cables  
You must turn off the server before you connect any cables to or disconnect any  
cables from the server.  
Note: If the cable that you are connecting or disconnecting is a USB cable,  
however, you do not have to turn off the server.  
See the documentation that comes with optional devices for additional cabling  
instructions. It might be easier for you to route cables before you install certain  
devices.  
For details about the locations and functions of the input/output connectors, see  
The following illustration shows the locations of the input/output connectors.  
Detailed cabling instructions for installing the server in a rack are in the Rack  
Installation Instructions that come with the server.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Ethernet transmit/ receive activity LED ꢀ8ꢁ  
(amber)  
Serial 1 (Com1) connector  
Parallel connector  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Ethernet link status LED (green)  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine (Ethernet) connector  
USB connectors 1 and 2  
Ethernet connector  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
ꢀ10ꢁ Serial 2 (Com2) connector  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ11ꢁ DC power LED  
ꢀ12ꢁ AC power LED  
USB connectors 3 and 4  
Video connector  
ꢀ13ꢁ Power cord connector  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing and replacing self-service CRUs  
Replacement of self-service CRUs is your responsibility. If Lenovo installs a  
self-service CRU at your request, you will be charged for the installation.  
The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.  
Removing the side cover  
Attention: Operating the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover  
removed might damage server components. For proper cooling and airflow, replace  
the side cover before you turn on the server.  
To remove the side cover, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. If you are replacing a non-hot-swap component, turn off the server and all  
attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords and external cables.  
3. Unlock the side cover.  
4. Press the cover-release latch down, as indicated by the two arrows on the latch,  
and tilt the top of the side cover away from the chassis.  
ꢀ1ꢁ Cover-release latch Optical drive  
ꢀ2ꢁ Key lock  
5. Lift the side cover off the server and set it aside.  
6. If you are instructed to return the side cover, follow all packaging instructions,  
and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
62 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the side cover  
Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the side cover before you turn  
on the server. Operating the server for extended periods of time (more than 30  
minutes) with the side cover removed might damage server components.  
To install the side cover, complete the following steps:  
1. Make sure that all cables, adapters, and other components are installed and  
seated correctly and that you have not left loose tools or parts inside the server.  
Also, make sure that all internal cables are correctly routed.  
2. If you removed the upper and lower bezels, reinstall them before you replace  
Important: The cover lock must be in the unlocked (opened) position before  
you install the side cover.  
3. Position the lip on the bottom edge of the side cover on the ledge on the bottom  
of the chassis; then, rotate the cover up to the chassis. Press down on the  
cover release latch and push the cover completely closed until it latches  
securely into place.  
4. Lock the side cover.  
5. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing the lower bezel  
When you work with some devices, such as the drives in bays 4 through 7 (or bays  
4 through 11 for some 2.5 inch hard disk drive models), you must first remove the  
lower bezel to access the devices.  
To remove the lower bezel, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. If you are replacing a non-hot-swap component, turn off the server and all  
attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords and external cables.  
3. Unlock the side cover.  
Note: You do not have to remove the side cover to remove the lower bezel.  
4. Press the round blue release button on the right side of the lower bezel and  
rotate the lower bezel downward to disengage and remove it from the chassis.  
5. If you are instructed to return the lower bezel, follow all packaging instructions,  
and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
64 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the lower bezel  
To install the lower bezel, complete the following steps:  
1. Insert the two bottom tabs on the lower bezel into the corresponding holes in  
the front of the chassis.  
2. Rotate the top of the lower bezel up to the chassis; then, press the blue release  
tab on the right side of the lower bezel and completely close the lower bezel  
until it locks securely into place.  
3. Lock the side cover.  
4. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing the upper bezel  
When you work with some devices, such as the drives in bays 1 through 3, you  
must first remove the upper bezel to access the devices.  
To remove the upper bezel, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. If you are replacing a non-hot-swap component, turn off the server and all  
attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Remove the lower bezel (see “Removing the lower bezel” on page 64).  
5. Carefully lift up the two bezel clips ꢀ1ꢁ on the left side of the upper bezel; then,  
rotate the upper bezel to the right side of the server to disengage the two  
right-side tabs from the chassis.  
6. If you are instructed to return the upper bezel, follow all packaging instructions,  
and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
66 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the upper bezel  
To install the upper bezel, complete the following steps:  
1. Insert the two tabs on the right-side of the upper bezel into the corresponding  
holes on the right side of the chassis.  
2. Rotate the upper bezel to the left side of the chassis until the bezel clips ꢀ1ꢁ are  
aligned with the corresponding indentations on the left side of the chassis and it  
snaps into place.  
3. Install the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
4. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
5. Lock the side cover.  
6. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing an adapter  
To remove an adapter, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Disconnect any cables to the adapter or any cables that impede access to the  
adapter.  
5. If you are removing a full-length adapter, press on the retaining tab on the left  
side of the front adapter-retention bracket until the release lever on the right  
side of the bracket clicks into place.  
6. Remove the expansion-slot screw at the rear of the adapter.  
7. Carefully grasp the adapter by its top edge or upper corners, and pull the  
adapter from the server.  
Attention: Expansion-slot covers must be installed in all empty slots. This  
maintains the electronic emissions standards of the server and ensures proper  
ventilation of server components.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Retention clip  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
Adapter  
68 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Rear adapter retention bracket  
Expansion-slot screw  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
Left side of the Front adapter  
retention bracket  
Right side of the Front adapter  
retention bracket  
8. If you are not replacing the adapter, install an expansion-slot cover in the  
expansion-slot opening.  
9. If you are instructed to return the adapter, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
Installing an adapter  
For information about the types of adapters that the server supports and other  
information that you might consider when you install an adapter, see the User  
Guide. For the locations of the expansion slots and optional-device connectors see  
Notes:  
1. If you are replacing a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine, it must be  
installed in its dedicated connector on the system board (see “System board  
2. When you start the server for the first time after you install a Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine, the startup process will take several minutes longer than a  
typical startup.  
To install a replacement adapter, complete the following steps:  
1. Check the instructions that come with the adapter for any requirements,  
restrictions, or cabling instructions. It might be easier to route cables before  
you install the adapter.  
2. Follow the instructions that come with the adapter to set jumpers or switches, if  
any.  
3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the adapter to any unpainted  
metal surface on the server. Then, remove the adapter from the  
static-protective package. Avoid touching the components and gold-edge  
connectors on the adapter.  
4. If you are installing a full-length adapter, remove the blue adapter guide ꢀ1ꢁ (if  
any) from the end of the adapter.  
5. Carefully grasp the adapter by the top edge or upper corner, and move the  
adapter directly from the static-protective package to the expansion slot. Align  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
the adapter with the expansion slot guides; then, press the adapter firmly into  
the expansion slot. For a full-length adapter, make sure that the front edge of  
the adapter is correctly seated in the correct slot in the front adapter-retention  
bracket.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Rear adapter retention bracket  
Expansion-slot screw  
Adapter  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
Left side of the Front adapter  
retention bracket  
Right side of the Front adapter  
retention bracket  
6. Install an expansion-slot screw at the rear of the adapter.  
7. If you are installing a full-length adapter, press on the release lever on the right  
side of the front adapter-retention bracket to release the retaining tab on the  
left side of the bracket.  
8. Connect required cables to the adapter. Route cables so that they do not block  
the flow of air from the fans.  
9. Install and lock the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
10. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
70 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removing and installing internal drives  
See the User Guide for information about the types of drives that the server  
supports and other important information. The following figures show the locations  
of the drive bays in the server. Some models have seven drive baysꢀ1ꢁ to ꢀ7ꢁ, and  
some models have eleven drive bays ꢀ1ꢁ to ꢀ11ꢁ.  
Seven drive-bay model  
Eleven drive-bay model  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing a CD or DVD drive  
To remove a CD or DVD drive, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Remove the lower bezel (see “Removing the lower bezel” on page 64).  
5. Remove the upper bezel (see “Removing the upper bezel” on page 66).  
6. Disconnect the power and signal cables from the drive that is to be removed.  
7. Press and hold the blue release button ꢀ1ꢁ on the side of the bay to release the  
drive; then, pull the drive out of the front of the server.  
8. Remove the drive retainer clip ꢀ2ꢁ from the side of the drive. Save the clip to  
use when you install the replacement drive.  
9. If you are instructed to return the drive, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
72 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing a CD or DVD drive  
To install a CD or DVD drive, complete the following steps:  
1. If you are replacing a removed drive with a new drive, make sure that:  
v You have all the cables and other equipment that is specified in the  
documentation that comes with the new drive.  
v You check the instructions that come with the new drive to determine  
whether you must set any switches or jumpers on the drive.  
v You have removed the drive retainer clip on the side of the old drive and  
have it available for installation on the new drive.  
Note: If you are installing a drive that contains a laser, observe the following  
safety precaution.  
Statement 3:  
CAUTION:  
When laser products (such as CD drives, DVD drives, fiber optic devices,  
or transmitters) are installed, note the following:  
v Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product  
could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no  
serviceable parts inside the device.  
v Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other  
than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation  
exposure.  
DANGER  
Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser  
diode. Note the following.  
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view  
directly with optical instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the  
beam.  
Class 1 Laser Product  
Laser Klasse 1  
Laser Klass 1  
Luokan 1 Laserlaite  
`
Appareil A Laser de Classe 1  
2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted  
metal surface on the server; then, remove the drive from the package and  
place it on a static-protective surface.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3. Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set jumpers or switches, if  
there are any.  
Note: You might find it easier to install the new drive from the front and then  
attach the cables.  
4. If you are installing a 3.5-inch drive in bay 2, attach a 5.25-inch conversion kit  
to the 3.5-inch drive. Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive  
cage of bays 1 or 2. Slide the drive retainer clip to the right to remove it from  
the drive cage; then, snap the drive retainer clip into the screw holes on the  
side of the drive.  
5. Push the drive into the bay.  
6. Connect the power and signal cables to the drive.  
Note: Route the signal cable so that it does not block the airflow to the rear of  
the drives or over the microprocessor and dual inline memory modules  
(DIMMs).  
7. Install the upper bezel (see “Installing the upper bezel” on page 67).  
8. Install the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
9. Install and lock the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
10. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Removing a tape drive  
To remove a tape drive, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords and  
all external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
4. Remove the upper bezel (see “Installing the upper bezel” on page 67).  
5. Remove the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
6. Disconnect the power and signal cables from the drive that is to be removed.  
74 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
7. Press and hold the blue release button on the side of the bay to release the  
drive; then, pull the drive out of the front of the server.  
8. Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive. Save the clip to use  
when you install the replacement drive.  
EMC shield  
Filler panel  
Tape drive  
Drive retainer clip  
9. If you are instructed to return the drive, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
Installing a tape drive  
To install a tape drive, complete the following steps:  
1. If you are replacing a removed drive with a new drive, make sure that:  
v You have all the cables and other equipment that is specified in the  
documentation that comes with the new drive.  
v You check the instructions that come with the new drive to determine  
whether you must set any switches or jumpers on the drive.  
v You have removed the drive retainer clip on the side of the old drive and  
have it available for installation on the new drive.  
2. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
3. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords  
and all external cables.  
4. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
5. Remove the upper bezel (see “Installing the upper bezel” on page 67).  
6. Remove the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
7. Touch the static-protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted  
metal surface on the server; then, remove the drive from the package and  
place it on a static-protective surface.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
8. Set any jumpers or switches on the drive according to the documentation that  
comes with the drive.  
9. Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive cage of bays 1 or 2.  
Slide the drive retainer clip to the right to remove it from the drive cage; then,  
snap the drive retainer clip into the screw holes on the side of the drive.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
EMC shield  
Filler panel  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Tape drive  
Drive retainer clip  
10. Push the drive into the bay.  
Note: A tape drive can be installed in bay 1 or bay 2  
11. Connect one end of the applicable signal cable into the rear of the drive and  
make sure that the other end of this cable is connected into the applicable  
connector on the system board.  
12. Route the signal cable so that it does not block the airflow to the rear of the  
drives or over the microprocessor and dual inline memory modules (DIMMs).  
13. If you have another drive to install or remove, do so now.  
14. Connect the power cable to the rear of the drive. The connectors are keyed  
and can be inserted only one way.  
Removing a hot-swap hard disk drive  
This procedure applies only to server models that have hot-swap hard disk drives.  
Attention: To maintain proper system cooling, do not operate the server for more  
than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each drive bay.  
To remove a hot-swap hard disk drive, complete the following steps:  
76 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
Note: You do not have to turn off the server to remove hot-swap drives from  
the hot-swap drive bays.  
2. Unlock the side cover. The side cover does not have to be removed.  
3. Remove the lower bezel (see “Removing the lower bezel” on page 64).  
4. Rotate the drive tray handle of the drive assembly that is to be removed to the  
open position (based on your model).  
Table 10. Illustrations of the server models with four and eight drive bays  
Server model with four hot-swap drive  
bays  
Server model with eight hot-swap drive  
bays  
ꢀ1ꢁ Drive-tray assembly  
ꢀ2ꢁDrive tray handle  
(in open position)  
ꢀ1ꢁ Drive-tray assembly  
ꢀ2ꢁDrive tray handle  
(in open position)  
5. Grasp the handle of the drive assembly that is to be replaced and pull the  
assembly out of the bay.  
6. If you are instructed to return the drive assembly, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
Installing a hot-swap hard disk drive  
This procedure applies only to server models that have hot-swap hard disk drives.  
Before you install a hot-swap hard disk drive, read the following information:  
v The hot-swap drives must be either all SAS hard disk drives or all SATA hard  
disk drives; the two types cannot be combined.  
v Inspect the drive tray for signs of damage.  
v To maintain proper system cooling, do not operate the server for more than 10  
minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each drive bay.  
v You do not have to turn off the server to install hot-swap drives in the hot-swap  
drive bays.  
v See the User's Guide for additional information.  
To install a hot-swap hard disk drive (based on your model), complete the following  
steps.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Server model with four hot-swap drive  
bays  
Server model with eight hot-swap drive  
bays  
Drive-tray  
assembly  
Drive-tray  
assembly  
Drive tray handle  
(in open position)  
Drive tray handle  
(in open position)  
Bezel  
1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted  
metal surface on the server; then, remove the drive from the package and place  
it on a static-protective surface.  
2. Make sure that the drive tray handle is in the open position.  
3. Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay; then, carefully slide the  
drive assembly into the drive bay until the drive stops.  
4. Rotate the drive tray handle to the closed position.  
5. Check the hard disk drive status indicator to make sure that the hard disk drive  
is operating correctly. (You might have to restart the server for the drive to be  
recognized.) If the amber hard disk drive status LED for a drive is lit  
continuously, it indicates that the drive is faulty and must be replaced. If the  
green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing, this indicates that the drive is  
being accessed.  
Note: If the server is configured for RAID operation using a ServeRAID  
controller, you might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you replace hard  
disk drives. See the ServeRAID documentation for additional information about  
RAID operation and complete instructions for using ServeRAID Manager.  
6. Install the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
7. Lock the side cover.  
78 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removing a simple-swap hard disk drive  
This procedure applies only to server models that have simple-swap SATA hard disk  
drives.  
Attention: Simple-swap hard disk drives are not hot-swappable. Disconnect all  
power from the server before you remove or install a simple-swap hard disk drive.  
To remove a simple-swap hard disk drive, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock the side cover. The side cover does not have to be removed.  
4. Remove the lower bezel (see “Removing the lower bezel” on page 64).  
5. Pull the loops of the drive assembly that is to be removed toward each other;  
then, pull the assembly out of the bay.  
6. If you are instructed to return the drive assembly, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing a simple-swap hard disk drive  
This procedure applies only to server models that have simple-swap SATA hard disk  
drives. See the User Guide for information about the installation sequence and  
other important information.  
Attention: Simple-swap hard disk drives are not hot-swappable. Disconnect all  
power from the server you remove or install a simple-swap hard disk drive.  
To install a simple-swap hard disk drive, complete the following steps:  
1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted  
metal surface on the server; then, remove the drive from the package and place  
it on a static-protective surface.  
2. Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay.  
3. Pull the loops of the drive assembly toward each other; then, carefully slide the  
drive assembly into the drive bay until it stops, and release the loops.  
Note: Do not release the loops on the drive assembly until it is completely  
seated.  
4. Install the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
5. Lock the side cover.  
6. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
80 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing a hot-swap power supply  
This procedure applies only to server models that have hot-swap power supplies.  
the removal of a non-hot-swap power supply.  
When you remove or install a hot-swap power supply, observe the following  
precautions.  
Statement 8:  
CAUTION:  
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following  
label attached.  
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any  
component that has this label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside  
these components. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact  
a service technician.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
To remove a hot-swap power supply, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Disconnect the power cord from the power supply that is to be removed.  
3. Press down on the orange release lever ꢀ1ꢁ and pull the power supply ꢀ2ꢁ out  
of the bay, using the handle.  
4. If you are instructed to return the power supply, follow all packaging instructions,  
and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
82 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing a hot-swap power supply  
This procedure applies only to server models that have hot-swap power supplies.  
installation of a non-hot-swap power supply.  
To install a hot-swap power supply, complete the following steps:  
1. Place the power supply into the bay guides.  
ꢀ1ꢁ Release lever  
ꢀ2ꢁ Hot-swap power supply  
2. Using the handle, push the power supply toward the front of the chassis until it  
locks into place.  
3. Connect one end of the power cord into the connector on the back of the power  
supply and connect the other end of the power cord into a properly grounded  
electrical outlet.  
4. Make sure that both the ac and dc power LEDs on the rear of the power supply  
are lit, indicating that the power supply is operating correctly.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing a memory module  
To remove a dual inline memory module (DIMM), complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Disconnect any cables that impede access to the DIMMs.  
5. Locate the DIMM connector that contains the DIMM that is to be replaced (see  
locations).  
Attention: To avoid breaking the DIMM retaining clips or damaging the DIMM  
connectors, open and close the clips gently.  
6. Carefully open the retaining clips ꢀ1ꢁ on each end of the DIMM ꢀ2ꢁ connector  
and remove the DIMM.  
7. If you are instructed to return the DIMM, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
84 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing a memory module  
Note: If you are replacing a faulty DIMM, make sure that the replacement DIMM is  
the correct type of memory. If you are adding DIMMs, install the DIMMs in the  
sequence shown in the following table. See the User Guide for additional  
information about the type of memory that is compatible with the server.  
Number of DIMMs  
One DIMM  
Connectors  
1
Two DIMMs  
1, 3  
Three DIMMs  
Four DIMMs  
Not supported  
1, 3, 2, 4  
To install a DIMM, complete the following steps:  
1. Make sure that the retaining clips on each end of the DIMM connector are fully  
open.  
2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted  
metal surface on the server; then, remove the new DIMM from the package.  
3. Turn the DIMM so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the connector.  
Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM  
connectors, open and close the clips gently.  
4. Insert the DIMMꢀ2ꢁ into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with  
the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector. Firmly press the DIMM straight  
down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM  
simultaneously. The retaining clips ꢀ1ꢁ snap into the locked position when the  
DIMM is firmly seated in the connector. If there is a gap between the DIMM and  
the retaining clips, the DIMM has not been correctly installed. Open the  
retaining clips, remove the DIMM, and then reinsert it.  
5. Reconnect any cables that you disconnected during removal.  
6. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
7. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
8. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing and replacing optional-service CRUs  
You may install an optional-service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it, at  
no additional charge, under the type of warranty service that is designated for the  
server.  
The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.  
Removing the battery  
To remove the battery, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Remove any adapters that impede access to the battery.  
5. Locate the battery on the system board (see “System board internal connectors”  
6. Remove the battery:  
a. Use a fingernail to press the top of the battery clip away from the battery.  
The battery pops up when it is released.  
b. Use your thumb and index finger to lift the battery from the socket.  
Installing the battery  
The following notes describe information that you must consider when you replace  
the battery in the server.  
v You must replace the battery with a lithium battery of the same type from the  
same manufacturer.  
v To order replacement batteries in U.S. and Canada, call Lenovo Service and  
Support. Outside the U.S. and Canada, call your Lenovo marketing  
representative or authorized reseller.  
v After you replace the battery, you must reconfigure the server and reset the  
system date and time.  
v To avoid possible danger, read and follow the following safety statement.  
86 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Statement 2:  
CAUTION:  
When replacing the lithium battery, use only the battery recommended by the  
manufacturer. If your system has a module containing a lithium battery,  
replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer.  
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or  
disposed of.  
Do not:  
v Throw or immerse into water  
v Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)  
v Repair or disassemble  
To install the battery, complete the following steps:  
1. Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the  
replacement battery.  
2. Insert the new battery:  
a. Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the socket on the side opposite  
the battery clip.  
b. Press the battery down into the socket until it clicks into place. Make sure  
that the battery clip holds the battery securely.  
3. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
4. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
5. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
6. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program and reset the configuration:  
v Set the system date and time.  
v Set the power-on password.  
v Reconfigure the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removing the rear system fan  
Attention:  
v Replace a failed fan within 48 hours.  
v To ensure proper cooling and airflow, do not operate the server for more than 30  
minutes with the side cover removed.  
To remove the rear system fan, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
2. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
3. Remove any adapters that impede access to the fan and the fan connector on  
4. Disconnect the fan cable from the system board, making a note of where the  
cable was connected, for later installation.  
5. Grasp the fan ꢀ2ꢁ with both hands and pull firmly, extending the rubber  
grommets ꢀ1ꢁ. The grommets will be pulled through the holes in either the fan  
or the chassis and can then be removed.  
6. Pull the fan up and out of the chassis.  
7. If you are instructed to return the fan, follow all packaging instructions, and use  
any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
88 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the rear system fan  
Attention:  
v Replace a failed fan within 48 hours.  
v To ensure proper cooling and airflow, do not operate the server for more than 30  
minutes with the side cover removed.  
To install the rear system fan, complete the following steps:  
1. The replacement fan ꢀ2ꢁ comes with the rubber grommets ꢀ1ꢁ installed;  
however, they might have come out during shipment. If any of the rubber  
grommets are missing from the fan, install them on the fan before you continue.  
Use needle-nosed pliers to pull the grommets through the holes in the fan.  
2. Position the fan so that the grommets protrude through the holes in the chassis;  
then, use needle-nosed pliers to pull the grommets through the holes from  
outside the chassis.  
3. Connect the fan cable to the system board (see “System board internal  
connectors” on page 10 for the location of the rear fan connector).  
4. Install any adapters that you removed (see “Installing an adapter” on page 69).  
5. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
6. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
7. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing the hard disk drive fan assembly  
This procedure applies only to server models that have a hard disk drive fan  
assembly.  
Attention:  
v Replace a failed fan within 48 hours.  
v To ensure proper cooling and airflow, do not operate the server for more than 30  
minutes with the side cover removed.  
To remove the hard disk drive fan assembly, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Disconnect the hard disk drive fan assembly ꢀ3ꢁ cable from the system board,  
making a note of where the cable was connected for later installation.  
5. Remove the hard disk drives.  
6. Press and hold the drive cage release tab; then, rotate the drive cage out of the  
chassis until the retaining tab on top of the cage locks into place.  
7. Pull out on the hard disk drive fan assembly release tabs ꢀ1ꢁ; then, rotate the  
assembly away from the drive cage slightly.  
If you have the eight-drive, 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive model, the hard  
disk drive fan assembly looks like the following illustration.  
90 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
8. Remove the cable from the slot ꢀ2ꢁ on the hard disk drive fan assembly; then,  
rotate the assembly away from the drive cage and remove the assembly from  
the drive cage.  
9. If you are instructed to return the hard disk drive fan assembly, follow all  
packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are  
supplied to you.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the hard disk drive fan assembly  
This procedure applies only to server models that have a hard disk drive fan  
assembly.  
Attention:  
v Replace a failed fan within 48 hours.  
v To ensure proper cooling and airflow, do not operate the server for more than 30  
minutes with the side cover removed.  
To install the hard disk drive fan assembly, complete the following steps:  
1. Insert the hard disk drive fan assembly retaining tab ꢀ1ꢁ over the right edge of  
the hard disk drive backplane; then, rotate the fan assembly toward the  
backplane. Do not fully close the hard disk drive fan assembly ꢀ3ꢁ.  
If you have the eight-drive, 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive model, the hard  
disk drive fan assembly looks like the following illustration.  
92 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
2. Route the hard disk drive signal and power cables through the slotsꢀ2ꢁ on the  
edge of the hard disk drive fan assemblyꢀ3ꢁ. Make sure that the cables will not  
be pinched between the hard disk drive assembly and the hard disk drive  
backplane when the assembly is installed.  
3. Rotate the hard disk drive fan assembly toward the backplane until the release  
tabs are fully engaged on the drive cage.  
4. Rotate the drive cage toward the front of the server until it stops; then, press  
and hold the retaining tab on top of the drive cage while you rotate the drive  
cage into the chassis until it locks into place.  
5. Connect the hard disk drive fan assembly cable to the system board (see  
“System board internal connectors” on page 10 for the location of the hard disk  
drive fan connector).  
6. Reinstall the hard disk drives.  
Note: Before you continue, check all internal power cables to be sure that they  
are connected to the system board and other optional devices.  
7. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
8. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
9. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Removing the simple-swap backplate  
This procedure applies only to server models with the simple-swap SATA backplate  
installed on the back of the hard disk drive cage.  
To remove the simple-swap backplate, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page  
4. Remove the lower bezel (see “Removing the lower bezel” on page 64).  
5. Remove the simple-swap hard disk drives that are installed in the hard disk  
6. Remove the hard disk drive fan assembly from the hard disk drive cage (see  
7. Disconnect the power cables from the simple-swap backplate.  
8. Disconnect the signal cables from the system board.  
9. Press and hold the drive cage release tab ꢀ2ꢁ; then, rotate the drive cage out  
of the chassis until the retaining tab ꢀ1ꢁ on top of the cage locks into place.  
10. Lift up on the retaining latch ꢀ5ꢁ at the top of the drive cage; then, tilt the top  
of the simple-swap backplate ꢀ4ꢁ away from the drive cage until it is clear of  
the locating pinsꢀ3ꢁ.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
11. Lift the simple-swap backplate out of the lower lip on the drive cage and set it  
aside.  
12. If you are instructed to return the simple-swap backplate, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
94 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the simple-swap backplate  
This procedure applies only to server models with the simple-swap SATA backplate  
installed on the back of the hard disk drive cage.  
To install the simple-swap backplate, complete the following steps.  
1. Position the bottom edge of the simple-swap backplate ꢀ4ꢁ on the lower lip of  
the drive cage.  
2. Tilt the top of the simple-swap backplate toward the drive cage and over the  
locating pins ꢀ3ꢁuntil the retaining latch ꢀ5ꢁ is engaged securely.  
3. Press and hold the retaining tab ꢀ1ꢁ on top of the cage; then, rotate the drive  
cage into the chassis until it locks into place.  
4. Connect the signal cables to the system board (see “System board internal  
connectors” on page 10 for the location of the Serial ATA drive connectors).  
5. Connect the power cables to the simple-swap backplate.  
6. Install the hard disk drive fan assembly on the hard disk drive cage (see  
7. Install the simple-swap hard disk drives that you removed from the hard disk  
8. Install the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
9. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
10. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
11. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane  
This procedure applies only to hot-swap server models with a SAS/SATA hard disk  
drive backplane installed on the back of the hard disk drive cage.  
To remove the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page  
4. Remove the lower bezel (see “Removing the lower bezel” on page 64).  
5. Remove the hot-swap SAS/SATA hard disk drives installed in the hard disk  
6. Remove the hard disk drive fan assembly from the hard disk drive cage (see  
7. Disconnect the power and signal cables from the hard disk drive backplane.  
8. Press and hold the drive cage release tab; then, rotate the drive cage out of  
the chassis until the retaining tab on top of the cage locks into place.  
9. Remove the two screws that secure the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane  
to the drive cage.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Retaining tab  
Drive cage release tab  
Locating pins  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
SAS backplane  
Retaining latch  
10. Tilt the top of the hard disk drive backplane away from the drive cage until it is  
clear of the locating pins.  
96 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
11. Lift the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane out of the lower lip on the drive  
cage and set it aside.  
12. If you are instructed to return the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane, follow  
all packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that  
are supplied to you.  
Installing the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane  
This procedure applies only to hot-swap server models with a SAS/SATA hard disk  
drive backplane installed on the back of the hard disk drive cage.  
To install the hard disk drive backplane, complete the following steps:  
1. Place the bottom edge of the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane in the lower  
lip of the drive cage.  
2. Tilt the top of the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane toward the drive cage  
and over the locating pins.  
Retaining tab  
Retaining  
latch  
SAS  
backplane  
Drive cage  
release tab  
Locating pins  
3. Install the two screws that secure the SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane to  
the drive cage.  
4. Press and hold the retaining tab on top of the cage; then, rotate the drive cage  
into the chassis until it locks into place.  
5. Connect the power and signal cables to the hard disk drive backplane.  
6. Install the hard disk drive fan assembly onto the hard disk drive cage (see  
7. Install the hot-swap hard disk drives that you removed from the hard disk drive  
8. Install the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
9. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
10. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
11. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
98 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removing the front-panel assembly  
To remove the front-panel assembly, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page  
4. Remove the lower bezel (see “Removing the lower bezel” on page 64).  
5. Remove the upper bezel (see “Removing the upper bezel” on page 66).  
6. Slide the drives in bay 1 and bay 2 forward slightly (see “Removing a CD or  
DVD drive” on page 72 for more information). It is not necessary to remove  
these drives.  
7. If the server has hot-swap power supplies, remove the power supplies and the  
8. Disconnect the front-panel assembly cable from the system board, and note  
for the location of the front-panel connector).  
9. Press up on the release tab ꢀ1ꢁ of the front-panel assembly and pull the  
assembly toward the rear of the server; then, remove the front-panel assembly  
from the chassis.  
10. If you are instructed to return the front-panel assembly, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the front-panel assembly  
To install the front-panel assembly, complete the following steps:  
1. Position the front end of the front-panel assembly in the channel above drive  
bay 1 on the left side of the chassis.  
2. Push the front-panel assembly toward the front of the chassis until it clicks into  
place.  
3. Reroute and connect the front-panel assembly cable to the system board (see  
front-panel connector).  
4. If the server has hot-swap power supplies, install the power supply cage and  
5. Push the drives in bay 1 and bay 2 into the drive bays (see “Installing a CD or  
DVD drive” on page 73 for more information).  
6. Install the upper bezel (see “Installing the upper bezel” on page 67).  
7. Install the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
8. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
9. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
10. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Removing the front USB connector assembly  
To remove the front USB connector assembly, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page  
4. Remove the lower bezel (see “Removing the lower bezel” on page 64).  
5. Remove the upper bezel (see “Removing the upper bezel” on page 66).  
6. Disconnect the front USB cable from the system board, and note the routing of  
the cable (see “System board internal connectors” on page 10 for the location  
of the front USB connector).  
7. Press down and hold the release tab on the top of the front USB housing;  
then, tilt the top of the housing away from the chassis and lift the housing out  
of the opening in the chassis.  
100 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
8. Squeeze the spring clips ꢀ1ꢁ on the sides of the front USB connector  
assembly and pull the assembly out of the back of the housing.  
9. Carefully pull the front USB cable out of the opening in the chassis.  
10. If you are instructed to return the front USB connector assembly, follow all  
packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are  
supplied to you.  
Removing the rear adapter retention bracket  
To remove the rear adapter-retention bracket, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
2. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
3. Remove all adapters (if necessary) and place the adapters on static-protective  
surface.  
Note: You might find it helpful to note where each adapter is installed before  
you remove the adapters.  
4. Release the rear adapter-retention bracket by lifting up on the rear  
adapter-retention bracket, and rotate the bracket partially toward the closed  
position.  
5. Grasp the bracket on one side at the hinge point and pull outward (while you  
rotate the bracket slightly toward the front of the server) until the bracket is free  
of the hinge pin; then, grasp the bracket on the other side at the hinge point,  
pull outward until the bracket is free of the hinge pin, and remove the rear  
adapter-retention bracket from the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hinge pin  
Rear adapter  
retention  
bracket  
6. If necessary, remove the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine retention tab  
and store it for future use.  
Installing the rear adapter retention bracket  
To install the rear adapter-retention bracket, complete the following steps:  
1. If you removed the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine retention tab earlier,  
reinstall it on the rear adapter-retention bracket and any other adapters that you  
might have removed.  
2. Position the rear adapter retention bracket so that the hole in one of the hinge  
points is aligned with the hinge pin on the chassis; then, place the hinge pin  
through the hole on the chassis.  
3. Rotate the rear adapter-retention bracket into place so that the hole in the  
opposite hinge point snaps into place over the hinge pin on the chassis.  
4. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
5. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
6. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Removing the front adapter-retention bracket  
To remove the front adapter-retention bracket, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Open the front and rear adapter-retention brackets.  
5. Remove all adapters (if necessary) and place them on a static-protective  
surface.  
Note: You might find it helpful to note where each adapter is installed before  
you remove the adapters.  
6. Grasp one side of the bracket at a hinge point and pull outward (while you  
rotate the bracket slightly toward the rear of the server) until the hinge pin on  
the bracket is free of the hole; then, grasp the bracket on the other side at the  
hinge point, pull outward until the bracket is free of the hinge pin, and remove  
the rear adapter-retention bracket from the server.  
102 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the front adapter-retention bracket  
To install the front adapter-retention bracket, complete the following steps:  
1. Insert one of the hinge pins on the front adapter-retention bracket into the metal  
hinge point on the fan cage assembly.  
2. Rotate the other hinge pin on the front adapter-retention bracket into position  
and push the hinge pin into the other metal hinge point. The hinge pin will  
protrude through the hole in the metal hinge point when the adapter-retention  
bracket is seated correctly.  
3. Reinstall any adapters that you removed earlier.  
4. Close the front and rear adapter retention brackets.  
5. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
6. Lock the side cover.  
7. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Installing the front USB connector assembly  
To install the front USB connector assembly, complete the following steps:  
1. Carefully insert the front USB cable through the opening in the front of the  
chassis.  
2. Squeeze the spring clips on the sides of the front USB connector assembly and  
insert the assembly into the housing through the back of the housing.  
3. Place the bottom edge of the housing into the bottom of the opening in the  
chassis; then, tilt the top of the housing into position until it clicks into place.  
4. Reroute and connect the front USB cable to the system board (see “System  
board internal connectors” on page 10 for the location of the front USB  
connector).  
5. Install the upper bezel (see “Installing the upper bezel” on page 67).  
6. Install the lower bezel (see “Installing the lower bezel” on page 65).  
7. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
8. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
9. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing the hot-swap power supply cage  
This procedure applies only to server models that have hot-swap power-supplies.  
To remove the power supply cage, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Remove both hot-swap power supplies (see “Removing a hot-swap power  
Note: It might be helpful to lay the server on its side for the remainder of this  
procedure.  
5. Disconnect the cables from the power supply cage to the system board and all  
internal components.  
6. Remove the four screws that secure the power supply cage to the chassis;  
then, slide the cage toward the front of the server to disengage the retaining  
clips from the top of the chassis and lift the cage out of the chassis.  
7. If you are instructed to return the power supply cage, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
104 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the hot-swap power supply cage  
This procedure applies only to server models that have hot-swap power-supplies.  
To install the hot-swap power supply cage, complete the following steps:  
1. Place the power supply cage into the chassis and slide it toward the rear of the  
server until the retaining clips ꢀ1ꢁ engage the top of the chassis.  
2. Install the four screws that secure the power supply cage to the chassis.  
3. Connect the cables from the power supply cage to the system board and all  
internal components.  
4. Reinstall both hot-swap power supplies (see “Installing a hot-swap power  
5. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
6. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
7. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing the mini-SAS/SATA controller  
To remove the mini-SAS/SATA RAID controller, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Open the rear adapter-retention bracket until the release lever on the right side  
of the bracket clicks into place.  
5. Squeeze the tabs on both sides of the connector on the signal cable and  
remove the cable from the SAS/SATA controller .  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Mini-PCI controller slot  
Alignment pins  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
Alignment holes  
Mini-SAS/SATA controller  
6. Carefully disengage the tabs on each side of the SAS/SATA controller connector  
and the front of the SAS/SATA controller from the plastic standoff.  
7. Grasp the edges of the SAS/SATA controller and pull it out of the connector. If  
the standoff comes away from the system board with the controller, gently pull it  
out of the controller and push it back into the hole on the system board.  
8. If you are instructed to return the SAS/SATA controller, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
106 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the SAS/SATA controller  
To install the SAS/SATA RAID controller, complete the following steps:  
1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the SAS/SATA controller to  
any unpainted surface on the outside of the server; then, remove the SAS/SATA  
controller from the package.  
2. Position the SAS/SATA controller over the connector and the plastic standoff;  
then, press the SAS/SATA controller firmly into the connector and onto the  
plastic standoff.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Mini-PCI controller slot  
Alignment pins  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
Alignment holes  
Mini-SAS/SATA controller  
3. Connect the signal cable to the SAS/SATA controller.  
4. Install and lock the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
5. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Removing the optional mini-PCI-X enablement card  
To remove the mini-PCI-X enablement card, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Open the rear adapter-retention bracket until the release lever on the right side  
of the bracket clicks into place.  
5. Carefully disengage the tabs on each side of the mini-PCI slot ꢀ1ꢁ connector  
and the front of the mini-PCI-X enablement card ꢀ2ꢁ from the plastic standoff.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
6. Disconnect the mini-PCI-X enablement card from the mini-PCI-X enablement  
card connector ; then, grasp the edges of the mini-PCI-X enablement card and  
pull it out of the mini-PCI slot. If the standoff comes away from the system  
board with the card, gently pull it out of the card and push it back into the hole  
on the system board.  
7. If you are instructed to return the mini-PCI-X enablement card, follow all  
packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are  
supplied to you.  
Installing the optional mini-PCI-X enablement card  
To install the optional mini-PCI-X enablement card, complete the following steps:  
1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the mini-PCI-X enablement  
card ꢀ2ꢁ to any unpainted surface on the outside of the server; then, remove  
mini-PCI-X enablement card ꢀ3ꢁ from the package.  
2. Position the mini-PCI-X enablement card over the mini-PCI slot ꢀ1ꢁ connector  
and the plastic standoff. Press the mini-PCI-X enablement card firmly into the  
mini-PCI slot connector and into the mini-PCI-X enablement card connector, and  
then onto the plastic standoff.  
108 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3. Install and lock the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
4. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Removing the RAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller  
To remove the IBM ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller from the server,  
complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. If you are replacing the ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller, disconnect the  
signal cables from the controller and the power cable from the power supply;  
then, remove the controller from the server.  
5. If you are instructed to return the adapter, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the RAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller  
Some server models come with a IBM ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller. The  
ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller enables integrated RAID level-5 capability  
on hot-swap SAS models that support 2.5-inch and 3.5- inch SAS hard disk drives.  
To install and cable the ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller, complete the  
following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page  
4. Remove the hard disk drive fan assembly:  
a. Disconnect the hard disk drive fan assembly cable from the system board  
and make a note of where the cable was connected for later installation.  
b. Remove all hard disk drives.  
c. Press and hold the drive cage release tab on the side of the drive cage;  
then, rotate the drive cage out of the chassis until the retaining tab on top  
of the cage locks into place.  
d. Pull out on the hard disk drive fan assembly release tabs (at the blue dots);  
then, rotate the assembly away from the drive cage slightly.  
5. Disconnect the signal and power cables and the existing SAS/SATA controller  
(if one is installed); then, remove the controller from the server.  
6. Touch the static-protective package that contains the ServeRAID-MR10i  
SAS/SATA controller to any unpainted metal surface on the server. Then,  
remove the ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller from the package.  
7. Align the ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller so that the keys align  
correctly with the connector on the system board.  
Attention: Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the system board or  
the ServeRAID-MR10i controller.  
110 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Hard disk drive cable connectors 4 - 7 ꢀ4ꢁ  
ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA  
controller  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Hard disk drive cable connectors 0 - 3 ꢀ5ꢁ  
Hard disk drive cables 4 - 7  
Hard disk drive cables 0 - 3  
Battery  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
Note: The drive cage should be in the open position. This illustration shows it  
in the closed position.  
8. Press the ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller firmly into the connector on  
the system board.  
9. Take the other end of the signal cable that is attached to the drive backplane  
section for drive bays 0 through 3 (as labeled on the front of the drive cage)  
and connect it to the connector that is closest to the battery on the  
ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller. If drives are installed in drive bays 4  
through 7 (as labeled on the front of the drive cage), take the other end of the  
signal cable that is attached to drive backplane section for drive bays 4  
through 7 and connect it to the connector that is farthest from the battery on  
the ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller.  
10. Replace the hard disk drive fan assembly:  
a. Insert the hard disk drive fan assembly retaining tab over the right edge of  
the hard disk drive backplane; then, rotate the assembly toward the  
backplane. Do not fully close the hard disk drive fan assembly.  
b. Route the signal cables and power cable through the slot on the edge of  
the hard disk drive fan assembly. Make sure that the cables will not be  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
pinched between the hard disk drive fan assembly and the hard disk drive  
backplane when the assembly is installed.  
c. Rotate the hard disk drive fan assembly toward the backplane until the  
release tabs are fully engaged and snaps in place.  
11. Reconnect the hard disk drive fan assembly cable to the system board.  
12. Rotate the drive cage back into the server until it stops; then, press and hold  
the retaining tab on top of the drive cage while you rotate the drive cage into  
the chassis until it locks into place.  
13. Reinstall the hard disk drives.  
Note: Before you continue, check all internal power cables to make sure that  
they are connected to the system board and other optional devices.  
14. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
15. Lock the side cover.  
16. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Removing an IBM Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter  
To remove a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter from the server,  
complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
4. Rotate the rear adapter-retention bracket out of the server.  
5. Press the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine support-bracket-retention clip  
outward slightly and grasp the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter  
and lift it out of the server.  
112 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter  
ꢀ2ꢁ Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine retention clip  
ꢀ3ꢁ Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine support bracket  
6. If you are instructed to return the adapter, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
Installing an IBM Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter  
An optional IBM Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter must be installed  
only in its dedicated connector on the system board. See “System board internal  
connectors” on page 10 for the location of this connector on the system board. After  
you install the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter, the  
systems-management Ethernet port on the rear of the server is active.  
To install a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter, complete the following  
steps:  
1. Read the safety information beginning on page vii, and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords  
and all external cables.  
3. Lay the server on its side.  
4. Unlock the side cover.  
5. Remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62.  
6. Open the rear adapter-retention bracket ꢀ1ꢁ and install the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine adapter retention tab ꢀ2ꢁ on the bracket by clipping it onto  
the rear adapter-retention bracket.  
7. Carefully grasp the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter by its top  
edge or upper corners, and align it with the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine adapter guide and the connector on the system board.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Attention: Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the system board or  
the adapter.  
8. Press the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter ꢀ1ꢁ firmly into the  
connector and under the retention clip ꢀ2ꢁ on the Remote Supervisor Adapter  
II SlimLine adapter-support bracket ꢀ3ꢁ.  
9. Close the rear adapter-retention bracket.  
10. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
11. Lock the side cover.  
12. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
114 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removing and replacing FRUs  
Field replaceable units (FRUs) must be installed only by trained service technicians.  
Removing a non-hot-swap power supply  
This procedure applies only to server models that have a non-hot-swap power  
supply. See “Removing a hot-swap power supply” on page 81 for information about  
the removal of a hot-swap power supply.  
When you remove or install a non-hot-swap power supply, observe the following  
precautions.  
Statement 8:  
CAUTION:  
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following  
label attached.  
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any  
component that has this label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside  
these components. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact  
a service technician.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
To remove a non-hot-swap power supply, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
Note: It might be helpful to lay the server on its side for the remainder of this  
procedure.  
4. Disconnect the cables from the power supply to the system board and all  
internal components.  
Attention: Support the power supply while you remove the mounting screws.  
After the screws are removed, the power supply is loose and can damage other  
components in the server.  
5. While you support the power supply, remove the four screws that secure it to  
the chassis; then, lift the power supply out of the chassis. Save the screws to  
use when you install the replacement power supply.  
6. If you are instructed to return the power supply, follow all packaging instructions,  
and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
116 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing a non-hot-swap power supply  
This procedure applies only to server models that have a non-hot-swap power  
supply. See “Installing a hot-swap power supply” on page 83 for information about  
the installation of a hot-swap power supply.  
To install a non-hot-swap power supply, complete the following steps:  
1. Position the power supply in the chassis so that the screw holes in the power  
supply are aligned with the corresponding holes in the rear of the chassis.  
2. Install the four screws that secure the power supply to the chassis.  
3. Connect the cables from the power supply to the system board and all internal  
components.  
4. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
5. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
6. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Removing the microprocessor and fan sink  
To remove the microprocessor and fan sink, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat, with the cover facing up.  
4. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page  
5. Disconnect any cables that impede access to the fan sink and microprocessor.  
Attention: The fan-sink retention lever is spring-loaded when the fan sink is  
in place. Releasing the lever too quickly or allowing it to spring upward can  
damage the fan sink and surrounding components.  
6. Remove the fan sink from the microprocessor:  
a. Disconnect the fan-sink cable from the system board.  
b. Release the fan-sink retention lever by pressing down on the end, moving  
it to the side and slowly releasing it to the open (up) position.  
Important: Be careful when you handle the microprocessor and fan sink.  
If the microprocessor and fan sink will be reused, do not contaminate the  
thermal material between them.  
ꢀ1ꢁ Orientation indicators  
ꢀ2ꢁ Fan-sink retention lever  
118 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
c. Tip the top of the fan sink toward the front of the server while you slide it  
away from the lower flange of the retention module; then, remove it from  
the server. After removal, place the fan sink on its side on a clean, flat  
surface.  
Attention: The microprocessor retention latch is spring-loaded when the  
microprocessor is in place. Releasing the latch too quickly or allowing it to  
spring upward can damage the microprocessor and surrounding components.  
7. Release the microprocessor retention latch ꢀ1ꢁ by pressing down on the end,  
moving it to the side, and slowly releasing it to the open (up) position.  
8. Open the microprocessor bracket frame ꢀ2ꢁ by lifting up the tab on the top  
edge.  
9. Carefully lift the microprocessor straight up and out of the socket, and place it  
on a static-protective surface.  
10. If you are instructed to return the microprocessor and fan sink, follow all  
packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are  
supplied to you.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing a microprocessor and fan sink  
To install the microprocessor, complete the following steps:  
1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the microprocessor to any  
unpainted metal surface on the server. Then, remove the microprocessor from  
the package.  
2. Remove the protective cover, tape, or label from the surface of the  
microprocessor socket, if any is present.  
3. Rotate the release lever on the microprocessor socket to the fully open  
position.  
Attention: Make sure that the release lever on the microprocessor socket is  
in the fully open position before you insert the microprocessor in the socket.  
Failure to do so might result in permanent damage to the microprocessor,  
microprocessor socket, and system board.  
4. Carefully grasp the microprocessor and place the microprocessor into the  
microprocessor socket.  
Note: To maintain correct orientation between the microprocessor and the  
microprocessor socket during installation, observe the following information:  
v The microprocessor has two notches that are keyed to two tabs on the  
sides of the socket.  
v A triangle-shaped indicator on one corner of the microprocessor points to a  
45-degree angle on one corner of the socket.  
v Do not use excessive force when you press the microprocessor into the  
socket.  
ꢀ1ꢁ Orientation indicators  
ꢀ2ꢁ Fan-sink retention lever  
120 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5. Close the microprocessor bracket frame ꢀ2ꢁ; then, close the microprocessor  
retention latch ꢀ1ꢁ and lock it securely in place.  
6. Install the fan sink:  
a. Make sure that the fan-sink retention lever is in the fully open position.  
Important: Be careful when you handle the microprocessor and fan sink.  
Do not contaminate the thermal material between them.  
b. Slide the bottom edge of the fan sink under the lower flange of the  
retention module ꢀ2ꢁ; then, place the top of the fan sink ꢀ3ꢁ onto the top of  
the retention module.  
c. Close the fan-sink retention lever ꢀ1ꢁ and lock it securely in place.  
d. Reconnect the fan-sink cable to the system board (see “System board  
internal connectors” on page 10 for the location of the fan-sink connector).  
7. Reconnect any cables that you disconnected during the removal of the old  
microprocessor.  
8. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
9. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
10. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
Thermal grease  
The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the fan sink has been removed  
from the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is  
found in the grease.  
When you are installing the fan sink on the same microprocessor that is was  
removed from, make sure that:  
v The thermal grease on the fan sink and microprocessor is not contaminated.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v Additional thermal grease is not added to the existing thermal grease on the fan  
sink and microprocessor.  
Note:  
v Read the Safety information on page vii.  
To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and  
fan sink, complete the following steps:  
1. Place the fan sink on a clean work surface.  
2. Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely.  
3. Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the fan  
sink.  
Note: Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed.  
4. Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease ꢀ1ꢁ from the  
microprocessorꢀ2ꢁ; then, dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal  
grease is removed.  
5. Use the thermal-grease syringe to place 9 uniformly spaced dots of 0.02 mL  
each on the top of the microprocessor. The outermost dots must be within  
approximately 5 mm of the edge of the microprocessor, this is to ensure uniform  
distribution of the grease.  
Note: If the grease is properly applied, approximately half of the grease will  
remain in the syringe.  
6. Install the fan sink onto the microprocessor as described in “Installing a  
122 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removing the system board  
To remove the system board, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat, with the cover facing up.  
4. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page  
5. Note where each cable is connected; then, disconnect all cables from the  
system board.  
6. Press and hold the drive cage release tab; then, rotate the drive cage out of  
the chassis until the retaining tab on top of the cage locks into place.  
7. Remove any of the following components (in addition to others that might not  
be listed) that are installed on the system board and put them in a safe,  
static-protective place:  
v Microprocessor and fan sink (see “Removing the microprocessor and fan  
106 ).  
8. Remove the two screws that secure the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine adapter-support bracket ꢀ1ꢁ to the system board and remove the  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter-support bracket from the  
system board. Set it aside for use later.  
9. Remove the eight screws that secure the system board to the chassis.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fan-sink mounting  
bracket slots  
System board  
mounting screws  
(8 places)  
10. Slide the system board toward the front of the server to disengage the tabs on  
the fan sink mounting bracket from the slots on the bottom of the chassis;  
then, carefully lift the system board out of the server.  
11. Remove the four screws that secure the fan sink retention module ꢀ1ꢁ and fan  
sink mounting bracket ꢀ2ꢁ to the system board; then, set the fan sink retention  
module, fan sink mounting bracket, and screws aside for use later.  
Note: Make sure that you observe the orientation of the fan sink retention  
module before you move it so that when you reinstall it, you install it in the  
same orientation.  
124 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
12. If you are instructed to return the system board, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
Installing the system board  
To install the system board, complete the following steps:  
1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the system board to any  
unpainted metal surface on the server. Then, remove the system board from  
the package.  
2. Place the fan sink mounting bracket ꢀ2ꢁ underneath the system board and  
align the holes on fan sink mounting bracket with the four screw holes for the  
fan sink retention module slot on system board. Place the fan sink retention  
module ꢀ1ꢁ on top of the system board and align it with the four screw holes  
for the fan sink retention module slot (make sure that the fan sink retention  
module orientation of the is correct). Take the four screws that you removed  
earlier and secure the fan sink mounting bracket and the fan sink retention  
module to the system board.  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3. Insert the system board into the chassis and slide it toward the rear of the  
server until the tabs on the fan sink mounting bracket is fully engaged in the  
holes for fan sink mounting bracket slots ꢀ1ꢁ on the bottom the chassis.  
Note: The tabs are fully engaged when the screw holes in the system board  
are aligned with the corresponding holes in the chassis.  
126 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Install the eight screws ꢀ2ꢁ that secure the system board to the chassis.  
5. Reinstall the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine support bracket ꢀ1ꢁ with  
the two screws that you removed earlier.  
6. Install any of the following components that you removed from the system  
board:  
).  
Chapter 4. Removing and replacing server components 127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v Microprocessor and fan sink (see “Installing a microprocessor and fan sink”  
7. Press and hold the retaining tab on top of the cage; then, rotate the drive cage  
into the chassis until it locks into place.  
8. Reconnect any cables to the system board that you disconnected during  
removal.  
9. Install the side cover (see “Installing the side cover” on page 63).  
10. Lock the side cover if you unlocked it during removal.  
11. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
128 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics  
This chapter describes the diagnostic tools that are available to help you solve  
problems that might occur in the server.  
If you cannot diagnose and correct a problem by using the information in this  
more information.  
Diagnostic tools  
The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware-related  
problems:  
v POST beep codes, error messages, and error logs  
The power-on self-test (POST) generates beep codes and messages to indicate  
successful test completion or the detection of a problem. See “POST” for more  
information.  
v Troubleshooting tables  
These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems. See  
v Server LEDs  
Use the LEDs on the server to diagnose system errors quickly. See “Error LEDs”  
on page 160 for more information.  
v Diagnostic programs and messages  
The diagnostic programs on the Diagnostics CD are the primary method of  
testing the major components of the server. See “Diagnostic programs and  
messages” on page 163 for more information.  
POST  
When you turn on the server, it performs a series of tests to check the operation of  
the server components and some optional devices in the server. This series of tests  
is called the power-on self-test, or POST.  
If a power-on password is set, you must type the password and press Enter, when  
you are prompted, for POST to run.  
If POST is completed without detecting any problems, one short beep occurs, and  
the server startup is completed.  
If POST detects a problem, several beeps might sound, or an error message is  
135 for more information.  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
POST beep codes  
A beep code is a combination of short or long beeps or series of short beeps that  
are separated by pauses. For example, a “1-2-3” beep code is one short beep, a  
pause, two short beeps, and pause, and three short beeps. A beep code indicates  
that POST has detected a problem.  
The following table describes the beep codes and suggested actions to correct the  
detected problems.  
A single problem might cause more than one error message. When this occurs,  
correct the cause of the first error message. The other error messages usually will  
not occur the next time POST runs.  
Exception: If multiple error codes indicate a microprocessor error, the error might  
be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket. See “Microprocessor  
problems” on page 153 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Beep code  
Description  
Action  
One short beep  
Indicates successful completion of  
POST, with no errors.  
None  
1-1-3  
CMOS write/read test failed.  
1. Reseat the battery.  
2. Clear CMOS. See “System board jumpers”  
on page 14 for information about how to  
clear CMOS.  
3. Replace the following components one at a  
time, in the order shown, restarting the  
server each time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
1-1-4  
BIOS ROM checksum failed.  
1. Recover the BIOS code.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace  
the system board.  
1-2-1  
1-2-2  
1-2-3  
Programmable interval timer failed.  
DMA initialization failed.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
DMA page register write/read failed.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
130 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Beep code  
Description  
Action  
1-2-4  
RAM refresh verification failed.  
1. Reseat the DIMMs.  
2. Replace the following components one at a  
time, in the order shown, restarting the  
server each time:  
a. DIMMs  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
1-3-1  
First 64 K RAM test failed.  
1. Reseat the DIMMs.  
2. Clear CMOS. See “System board jumpers”  
on page 14 for information about how to  
clear CMOS.  
3. Replace the following components one at a  
time, in the order shown, restarting the  
server each time:  
a. DIMMs  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
2-1-1  
2-1-2  
2-1-3  
2-1-4  
2-3-4  
3-3-2  
Secondary DMA register failed.  
Primary DMA register failed.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
Primary interrupt mask register failed.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
Secondary interrupt mask register failed. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
Search for video ROM failed.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
Critical SMBUS error occurred.  
1. Disconnect the power cord, wait 30  
seconds, and retry.  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. DIMM  
b. System b  
c. oard  
3. Replace the following components one at a  
time, in the order shown, restarting the  
server each time:  
a. DIMM  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Beep code  
Description  
Action  
3-3-3  
No operational memory in system.  
1. Make sure that the system board contains  
the correct number and type of DIMMs;  
install or reseat the DIMMs; then, restart the  
server.  
2. Replace the following components one at a  
time, in the order shown, restarting the  
server each time:  
a. DIMMs  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
No-beep symptoms  
The following table describes situations in which no beep code sounds when POST  
is completed.  
Table 11. No-beep code symptoms  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
No-beep symptom  
Description  
Action  
No beeps occur, and the server  
operates correctly.  
1. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the front information panel  
LED cable.  
2. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the front information  
panel LED assembly.  
No beeps occur, and there is no  
video.  
132 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Error logs  
The server generates three error logs:  
v POST error log  
This log contains the three most recent error codes and messages that were  
generated during POST.  
v System-event/error log  
This log contains messages that were generated during POST and all system  
status messages from the service processor.  
v BMC system event log  
This log contains messages that were generated by the mini-BMC controller.  
The system event/error log and mini-BMC system event log are limited in size.  
When these logs are full, new entries will not overwrite existing entries; therefore,  
you must periodically clear them through the Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(the menu choices are described in the User Guide). When you are troubleshooting  
an error, be sure to clear both logs so that you can find current errors more easily.  
Important: After you complete a repair or correct an error, clear the mini-BMC  
system-event log to turn off the system-error LED on the front of the server.  
Entries that are written to the system-event/error log and mini-BMC system event  
log during the early phase of POST show an incorrect date and time as the default  
time stamp; however, the date and time are corrected as POST continues.  
Each system-event/error log entry is displayed on its own page. To move from one  
entry to the next, use the Up Arrow () and Down Arrow () keys.  
You can view the contents of the POST error log and the system-event/error log  
from the Configuration/Setup Utility program. You can view the contents of the  
Diagnostics error log from the diagnostic programs on the Diagnostics CD. For  
more information about the diagnostic programs, see “Diagnostic programs and  
Viewing error logs from the Configuration/Setup Utility program  
For complete information about using the Configuration/Setup Utility program, see  
the User Guide.  
To view the error logs from the Configuration/Setup Utility program, complete the  
following steps:  
1. Turn on the computer.  
2. When the prompt Press F1 for Configuration/Setup is displayed, press F1.  
3. Use one of the following procedures:  
v To view the POST error log and system-event/error log, select Event/Error  
Logs System Event/Error Log.  
v To view the BMC system-event log, select Advanced Setup Baseboard  
Management Controller (BMC) Setting BMC System Event Log.  
Viewing the mini-BMC system-event log from the diagnostic  
programs  
The BMC system-event log that is generated by the mini-BMC controller contains  
the same information, whether it is viewed from the Configuration/Setup Utility  
program or from the diagnostic programs.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
For information about using the diagnostic programs, see “Running the diagnostic  
To view the BMC system-event log that is generated by the mini-BMC controller  
from the diagnostic programs, complete the following steps:  
1. If the server is running, turn off the server and all attached devices.  
2. Turn on all attached devices; then, turn on the server.  
3. When the prompt F2 for Diagnostics is displayed, press F2. If you have set  
both a power-on password and an administrator password, you must type the  
administrator password to run the diagnostic programs.  
4. From the top of the screen, select Hardware Info.  
5. From the list, select BMC log.  
134 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
POST error codes  
The following table describes the POST error codes and suggested actions to  
correct the detected problems.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
062  
Three consecutive boot failures using the  
default configuration.  
1. Update the system firmware to the latest level  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
101  
102  
106  
Tick timer internal interrupt failure.  
Internal timer channel 2 test failure.  
Diskette controller error.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the system  
board.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the system  
board.  
1. Make sure that the Configuration/Setup Utility  
program correctly reflects the diskette drive  
information.  
2. Reseat the diskette drive cable.  
3. Reseat the diskette drive.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Diskette drive cable  
b. Diskette drive  
c. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
151  
Real-time clock error.  
1. Reseat the battery.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
162  
Invalid configuration information or CMOS  
random-access memory (RAM) checksum  
failure.  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program,  
select Load Default Settings, and save the  
settings.  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. Battery  
b. Failing device (if the device is a FRU, the  
device must be reseated by a trained service  
technician only)  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. Failing device (if the device is a FRU, the  
device must be replaced by a trained service  
technician only)  
c. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
163  
Time of day not set.  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program,  
select Load Default Settings, make sure that the  
date and time are correct, and save the settings.  
2. Reseat the battery.  
page 14 for information about how to clear  
CMOS.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
164  
Memory size has changed.  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program,  
select Load Default Settings, make sure that the  
date and time are correct, and save the settings.  
2. Reseat the battery.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
136 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
175  
Service processor flash code damaged or  
not loaded.  
1. Update the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine firmware.  
2. Replace the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine.  
178  
184  
Security hardware error.  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program,  
select Load Default Settings, and save the  
settings.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
Power-on password damaged.  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program,  
select Load Default Settings, and save the  
settings.  
2. Reseat the battery.  
page 14 for information about how to clear  
CMOS.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
187  
188  
VPD serial number not set.  
1. Set the serial number by updating the BIOS code  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
Service processor firmware corrupted or not  
installed.  
1. Restart the server.  
2. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program,  
select Load Default Settings, and save the  
settings.  
3. Update the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
4. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
189  
289  
Three attempts were made to access the  
server with an incorrect password.  
Restart the server and enter the administrator  
password; then, run the Configuration/Setup Utility  
program and change the power-on password.  
A DIMM has been disabled by system.  
1. Make sure that the DIMM is installed correctly  
2. Replace the DIMM.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
602  
Invalid diskette boot record  
1. Replace the diskette.  
2. Reseat the diskette drive cables.  
3. Replace the diskette drive.  
604  
Internal diskette drive error  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program,  
select Load Default Settings, and save the  
settings.  
2. Reseat the diskette drive signal cables.  
3. Replace the diskette drive.  
962  
Parallel port configuration error  
Serial port error  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and  
make sure that the parallel port setting is correct.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
1162  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and  
make sure that the serial port settings are correct.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
1600  
1601  
The service processor is not functioning.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the system  
board.  
System-management adapter  
communication error.  
1. Update the BMC firmware (see “Updating the  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
1603  
System-management adapter  
communication error.  
1. Make sure that the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine is installed correctly.  
2. Update the Remote Supervisor Adapter II  
SlimLine firmware (see “Updating the firmware”  
3. Reseat the following components:  
a. Adapter  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
b. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
138 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
1762  
Hard disk drive configuration error.  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and  
load the default settings.  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hard disk drive cables  
b. Hard disk drive  
c. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time.  
a. Hard disk drive cables  
b. Hard disk drive  
c. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
178x  
Fixed disk error.  
Note: x is the drive that has the error.  
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests on drive  
x.  
2. Reseat the following components, depending on  
the server model:  
v Hot-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive x  
b. SAS/SATA controller  
v Simple-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive x  
b. Hard disk drive x cable  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
depending on the server model, in the order  
shown, restarting the server each time:  
v Hot-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive x  
b. Hard disk drive backplane  
c. SAS/SATA controller  
v Simple-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive x  
b. Hard disk drive x cable  
4. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
1800  
Unavailable PCI hardware interrupt.  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and  
adjust the adapter settings.  
2. Remove each adapter one at a time, restarting  
the server each time, until the failing adapter is  
isolated.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
1801  
A PCI adapter has requested memory  
resources that are not available.  
1. Make sure that no devices have been disabled in  
the Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
2. Change the order of the adapters in the PCI, and  
PCI Express slots. Make sure that the startup  
(boot) device is positioned early in the scanning  
order. (For information about the scanning order,  
see the User Guide on the ThinkServer  
Documentation DVD).  
3. Make sure that the settings for the adapter and all  
other adapters in the Configuration/Setup Utility  
program are correct. If the memory resource  
settings are not correct, change them.  
4. If all memory resources are being used, remove  
an adapter to make memory available to the  
adapter. Disabling the BIOS on the adapter  
should correct the error. See the documentation  
that comes with the adapter.  
1802  
1803  
1804  
No more I/O space is available for a PCI  
adapter.  
1. If the error code indicates a particular PCI or  
PCI-E slot or device, remove that device.  
2. Reseat each adapter.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Failing PCI or PCI Express adapter  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
No more memory (above 1 MB for a PCI  
adapter).  
1. If the error code indicates a particular PCI or  
PCI-E slot or device, remove that device.  
2. Reseat each adapter.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Failing PCI or PCI Express adapter  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
No more memory (below 1 MB for a PCI  
adapter).  
1. Remove the failing adapter.  
2. Reseat each adapter.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Failing PCI or PCI Express adapter  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
140 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
1805  
PCI option ROM checksum error.  
1. Remove the failing adapter.  
2. Reseat each adapter.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Failing PCI or PCI Express adapter  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
1806  
PCI built in self-test failure.  
1. If the error code indicates a particular PCI or  
PCI-Express slot or device, remove that device.  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. Each adapter  
b. (Trained service technician only, if the  
specified board is a FRU) The board that is  
indicated in the error code. (See Chapter 3,  
37 to determine CRU or FRU status.)  
3. Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a  
time, in the order shown, restarting the server  
each time.  
1807  
General PCI error.  
1. Make sure that no devices have been disabled in  
the Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
2. Replace each adapter one at a time, restarting  
the server each time.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
1962  
A hard disk drive does not contain a valid  
boot sector.  
1. Make sure that a bootable operating system is  
installed.  
2. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests.  
3. Reseat the following components, depending on  
the server model:  
v Hot-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. SAS/SATA controller  
v Simple-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Hard disk drive cable  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
depending on the server model, in the order  
shown, restarting the server each time:  
v Hot-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Hard disk drive backplane  
c. SAS/SATA controller  
v Simple-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Hard disk drive cable  
5. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
2462  
Video memory configuration error.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Video adapter (if one is installed)  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Video adapter (if one is installed)  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
3001  
3003  
3005  
SMART monitoring failure predicted on hard Replace the hard disk drive.  
disk drive  
SMART command execution failure on hard Replace the hard disk drive.  
disk drive  
Current hard disk drive configuration do not Replace the hard disk drive.  
support SMART function  
142 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
5962  
DVD drive configuration error.  
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and  
load the default settings (see “Using the  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. DVD drive cable  
b. DVD drive  
c. System board  
3. Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a  
time, in the order shown, restarting the server  
each time.  
00012000  
Processor machine check error.  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the  
microprocessor.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
00019701  
Microprocessor 1 failed the built in self-test  
(BIST).  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the  
microprocessor.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
01298001  
01298101  
No update data for microprocessor 1.  
1. Update the BIOS code again (see “Updating the  
2. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the  
microprocessor.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
microprocessor.  
Bad update data for processor 1.  
1. Update the BIOS code again (see “Updating the  
2. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the  
microprocessor.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
microprocessor.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
I9990301  
Hard disk drive boot sector error.  
1. Reseat the following components, depending on  
the server model:  
v Hot-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. SAS/SATA controller  
v Simple-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Hard disk drive cable  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
depending on the server model, in the order  
shown, restarting the server each time:  
v Hot-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Hard disk drive backplane  
c. SAS/SATA controller  
v Simple-swap models:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Hard disk drive cable  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
I9990650  
AC power has been restored.  
1. Reseat the power cords.  
2. Check for interruption of the external power.  
3. Replace the power cords.  
144 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Checkout procedure  
The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow to  
diagnose a problem in the server.  
About the checkout procedure  
Before you perform the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems,  
review the following information:  
v Read the safety information that begins on page vii.  
v The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major  
components of the server, such as the system board, Ethernet controller, serial  
ports, and hard disk drives. You can also use them to test some external devices.  
If you are not sure whether a problem is caused by the hardware or by the  
software, you can use the diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is  
working correctly.  
v When you run the diagnostic programs, a single problem might cause more than  
one error message. When this happens, correct the cause of the first error  
message. The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run  
the diagnostic programs.  
Exception: If multiple error codes or LEDs indicate a microprocessor error, the  
error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket. See  
“Microprocessor problems” on page 153 for information about diagnosing  
microprocessor problems.  
v Before you run the diagnostic programs, you must determine whether the failing  
server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster (two or more servers sharing  
external storage devices). If it is part of a cluster, you can run all diagnostic  
programs except the ones that test the storage unit (that is, a hard disk drive in  
the storage unit) or the storage adapter that is attached to the storage unit. The  
failing server might be part of a cluster if any of the following conditions is true:  
You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster (two or more servers  
sharing external storage devices).  
– One or more external storage units are attached to the failing server and at  
least one of the attached storage units is also attached to another server or  
unidentifiable device.  
– One or more servers are located near the failing server.  
Important: If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster, run one test  
at a time.  
v If the server is halted and a POST error code is displayed, see “Error logs” on  
page 133. If the server is halted and no error message is displayed, see  
v For information about power supply problems, see “Solving power problems” on  
v For intermittent problems, check the error log; see “Error logs” on page 133 and  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Performing the checkout procedure  
To perform the checkout procedure, complete the following steps:  
1. Is the server part of a cluster?  
v No: Go to step 2.  
v Yes: Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster. Go to step 2.  
2. Complete the following steps:  
a. Make sure that both the ac and dc power supply LEDs on the rear of the  
power supply are lit, indicating that the power supply is operating correctly  
b. Turn off the server and all external devices.  
c. Check all internal and external devices for compatibility at:  
d. Check all cables and power cords.  
e. Set all display controls to the middle positions.  
f. Turn on all external devices.  
g. Turn on the server. If the server does not start, see “Troubleshooting tables”  
h. Check the system-error LED on the front panel. If it is lit, check the LEDs on  
the system board (see “Error LEDs” on page 160).  
Important: If the system-error LED on the front of the server is lit but there  
are no other error indications, clear the BMC system-event log. This log  
does not clear itself, and if it begins to fill up, the system-error LED will be  
lit. Also, after you complete a repair or correct an error, clear the BMC  
system-event log to turn off the system-error LED on the front of the server.  
i. Check for the following results:  
v Successful completion of POST, indicated by one beep  
v Successful completion of startup  
3. Did more than one beep sound, or was a POST error code displayed?  
v Yes: Find the beep code or error code in “POST beep codes” on page 130 or  
v No: Find the failure symptom in “Troubleshooting tables” on page 147; if  
necessary, run the diagnostic programs (see “Running the diagnostic  
– If you receive an error, see “Diagnostic messages” on page 165.  
– If the diagnostic programs were completed successfully and you still  
146 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting tables  
Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have identifiable  
symptoms.  
If you cannot find the problem in these tables, see “Running the diagnostic  
programs” on page 164 for information about testing the server.  
If you have just added new software or a new optional device and the server is not  
working, complete the following steps before you use the troubleshooting tables:  
1. Check the LEDs on the front panel or the system board (see “Error LEDs” on  
2. Remove the software or device that you just added.  
3. Run the diagnostic tests to determine whether the server is running correctly.  
4. Reinstall the new software or new device.  
CD or DVD drive problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The CD or DVD drive is not  
recognized.  
1. Make sure that:  
v The channel to which the CD or DVD drive is attached is enabled in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
v All cables and jumpers are installed correctly.  
v The signal cable and connector are not damaged and the connector pins are  
not bent.  
v The correct device driver is installed for the CD or DVD drive.  
2. Run the CD or DVD drive diagnostic programs.  
3. Reseat the CD or DVD drive cable.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. CD or DVD drive cable  
b. CD or DVD drive  
c. (Trained service technician only) System board  
A CD or DVD is not working  
correctly.  
1. Clean the CD or DVD.  
2. Run the CD or DVD drive diagnostic programs.  
3. Reseat the CD or DVD drive cable.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. CD or DVD drive cable  
b. CD or DVD drive  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The CD or DVD drive tray is not  
working.  
1. Make sure that the server is turned on.  
2. Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray-release  
opening.  
3. Reseat the CD or DVD drive cable.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. CD or DVD drive cable  
b. CD or DVD drive  
Diskette drive problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The diskette drive activity LED  
stays lit, or the server bypasses  
the diskette drive.  
1. If there is a diskette in the drive, make sure that:  
v The diskette drive cables are correctly and securely connected.  
v The diskette drive is enabled in the Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
v The diskette is good and not damaged. (Try another diskette if you have  
one.)  
v The diskette is inserted correctly in the drive.  
v The diskette contains the necessary files to start the server.  
v Your software program is working properly.  
2. To prevent diskette drive read/write errors, make sure that the distance  
between monitors and diskette drives is at least 76 mm (3 in.).  
3. Replace the diskette drive.  
148 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
General problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
A cover lock is broken, an LED If the part is a CRU, replace it. If the part is a FRU, the part must be replaced by a  
is not working, or a similar  
problem has occurred.  
trained service technician.  
Hard disk drive problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
Remove the drive that is indicated on the diagnostic tests; then, run the hard disk  
drive diagnostic test again. If the remaining drives are recognized, replace the drive  
that you removed with a new one.  
Not all drives are recognized by  
the hard disk drive diagnostic  
test (the Fixed Disk Test or the  
SCSI Attached Disk test).  
The server stops responding  
during the hard disk drive  
diagnostic test.  
Remove the hard disk drive that was being tested when the server stopped  
responding, and run the diagnostic test again. If the hard disk drive diagnostic test  
runs successfully, replace the drive that you removed with a new one.  
A hard disk drive was not  
detected while the operating  
system was being started.  
Reseat all hard disk drives and cables; then, run the hard disk drive diagnostic  
tests again.  
A hard disk drive passes the  
diagnostic Fixed Disk Test but  
the problem remains.  
Run the diagnostic SCSI Attached Disk test (see “Running the diagnostic  
Note: Use the SCSI Attached Disk test for drives that are part of RAID arrays. Use  
the Fixed Disk test for SATA drives that are not part of RAID arrays  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Intermittent problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
A problem occurs only  
occasionally and is difficult to  
diagnose.  
1. Make sure that:  
v All cables and cords are connected securely to the rear of the server and  
attached devices.  
v When the server is turned on, air is flowing from the fan grille. If there is no  
airflow, the fan is not working. This can cause the server to overheat and  
shut down.  
2. Check the system event/error log (see “Error logs” on page 133).  
Keyboard, mouse, or pointing-device problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
All or some keys on the  
keyboard do not work.  
1. Make sure that:  
v The keyboard is compatible with the server. Go to:.  
v The keyboard cable is securely connected.  
v The server and the monitor are turned on.  
2. If you are using a USB keyboard, run the Configuration/Setup Utility program  
and enable keyboardless operation to prevent the 301 POST error message  
from being displayed during startup.  
3. If you are using a USB keyboard and it is connected to a USB hub, disconnect  
the keyboard from the hub and connect it directly to the server.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. Keyboard  
b. (Trained service technician only) System board  
150 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The mouse or pointing device  
does not work.  
1. Make sure that:  
v The mouse is compatible with the server. Go to:  
v The mouse or pointing-device cable is securely connected to the server.  
v The mouse or pointing-device device drivers are installed correctly.  
v The server and the monitor are turned on.  
v The mouse option is enabled in the Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
2. If you are using a USB mouse or pointing device and it is connected to a USB  
hub, disconnect the mouse or pointing device from the hub and connect it  
directly to the server.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. Mouse or pointing device  
b. (Trained service technician only) System board  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Memory problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The amount of system memory  
that is displayed is less than the  
amount of installed physical  
memory.  
1. Make sure that:  
v No error LEDs are lit on the front-panel assembly or on the system board.  
v The memory modules are seated correctly.  
v You have installed the correct type of memory.  
v If you changed the memory, you updated the memory configuration in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
v All DIMMs are enabled. The server might have automatically disabled a  
DIMM when it detected a problem.  
v If a DIMM was disabled by a system-management interrupt (SMI), replace  
the DIMM.  
2. Check the POST error log for error message 289. If POST error message 289  
is in the error log, perform the actions listed in the POST error codes table (see  
“POST error codes” on page 135). Otherwise, continue to step 3.  
4. Make sure that there is no memory mismatch when the server contains more  
than the minimum memory configuration (one 512 MB DIMM) and that you  
have installed the correct number of DIMMs (see the User Guide on the  
ThinkServer Documentation DVD for information about the supported DIMM  
configuration).  
5. Reseat the DIMMs.  
6. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. DIMMs  
b. (Trained service technician only) System board  
152 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Microprocessor problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The server emits a continuous  
beep during POST, indicating  
that the startup (boot)  
microprocessor is not working  
correctly.  
1. Make sure that the microprocessor is supported on this server.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the microprocessor.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. (Trained service technician only) Microprocessor  
b. (Trained service technician only) System board  
Monitor or video problems  
Some Lenovo monitors have their own self-tests. If you suspect a problem with your  
monitor, see the documentation that comes with the monitor for instructions for  
testing and adjusting the monitor.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
Testing the monitor  
1. Make sure that the monitor cables are firmly connected.  
2. Try using a different monitor on the server, or try using the monitor that is being  
tested on a different server.  
3. Run the diagnostic programs. If the monitor passes the diagnostic programs,  
the problem might be a video device driver.  
4. Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter (if one is installed).  
5. Replace the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter.  
6. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
The screen is blank.  
1. Make sure that:  
v The server is turned on. If there is no power to the server, see “Power  
v The monitor cables are connected correctly.  
v The monitor is turned on and the brightness and contrast controls are  
adjusted correctly.  
v A single beep sounds when the server is turned on, indicating the successful  
completion of POST.  
2. Make sure that the correct server is controlling the monitor, if applicable.  
3. Make sure that damaged BIOS code is not affecting the video; see “Updating  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The monitor works when you  
turn on the server, but the  
screen goes blank when you  
start some application  
programs.  
1. Make sure that:  
v The application program is not setting a display mode that is higher than the  
capability of the monitor.  
v You installed the necessary device drivers for the application.  
v If the server passes the video diagnostics, the video is good; see “Solving  
v (Trained service technician only) If the server fails the video diagnostics,  
replace the system board.  
The monitor has screen jitter, or  
the screen image is wavy,  
unreadable, rolling, or distorted.  
1. If the monitor self-tests show that the monitor is working correctly, consider the  
location of the monitor. Magnetic fields around other devices (such as  
transformers, appliances, fluorescent lights, and other monitors) can cause  
screen jitter or wavy, unreadable, rolling, or distorted screen images. If this  
happens, turn off the monitor.  
Attention: Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screen  
discoloration.  
Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm (12 in.) apart, and turn on  
the monitor.  
Notes:  
a. To prevent diskette drive read/write errors, make sure that the distance  
between the monitor and any external diskette drive is at least 76 mm (3  
in.).  
b. Non-Lenovo monitor cables might cause unpredictable problems.  
2. Reseat the monitor cable.  
3. Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter (if one is installed).  
4. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. Monitor  
b. Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter  
c. (Trained service technician only) System board  
Wrong characters appear on the  
screen.  
1. If the wrong language is displayed, update the BIOS code with the correct  
2. Reseat the monitor cable.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. Monitor  
b. (Trained service technician only) System board  
154 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Optional-device problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
An Lenovo optional device that  
was just installed does not  
work.  
1. Make sure that:  
v The device is designed for the server.  
v You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the  
device is installed correctly.  
v You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables.  
v You updated the configuration information in the Configuration/Setup Utility  
program. Whenever memory or any other device is changed, you must  
update the configuration.  
2. Reseat the device that you just installed.  
3. Replace the device that you just installed.  
An Lenovo optional device that  
used to work does not work  
now.  
1. Make sure that all of the cable connections for the device are secure.  
2. If the device comes with test instructions, use those instructions to test the  
device.  
3. Reseat the failing device.  
4. Replace the failing device.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Power problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The power-control button does  
not work (the server does not  
start).  
Note: The power-control button  
will not function until 20  
seconds after the server has  
been connected to ac power.  
1. Make sure that the front-panel assembly power-control button is working  
correctly:  
a. Disconnect the server power cords.  
b. Reconnect the power cords.  
c. Press the power-control button.  
2. Make sure that:  
v The power cords are correctly connected to the server and to a working  
electrical outlet.  
v The server contains the correct type of DIMMs.  
v The DIMMs are correctly seated.  
v The LEDs on the power supply do not indicate a problem.  
v The microprocessor is correctly installed.  
3. Reseat the following components:  
a. DIMMs  
b. Power supply cables to all internal components  
c. Power supplies (hot-swap models)  
4. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. DIMMs  
b. Power supplies (hot-swap models)  
c. (Trained service technician only) Power supply (non-hot swap models)  
5. If you just installed an optional device, remove it, and restart the server. If the  
server now starts, you might have installed more devices than the power supply  
supports.  
The server does not turn off.  
1. Determine whether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Power  
Interface (ACPI) or a non-ACPI operating system. If you are using a non-ACPI  
operating system, complete the following steps:  
a. Press Ctrl+Alt+Delete.  
b. Turn off the server by holding the power-control button for 5 seconds.  
c. Restart the server.  
d. If the server fails POST and the power-control button does not work,  
disconnect the ac power cord for 20 seconds; then, reconnect the ac power  
cord and restart the server.  
2. (Trained service technician only) If the problem remains or if you are using an  
ACPI-aware operating system, suspect the system board.  
The server unexpectedly shuts See “Solving undetermined problems” on page 245.  
down, and the LEDs on the  
front-panel assembly are not lit.  
156 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Serial port problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The number of serial ports that  
are identified by the operating  
system is less than the number  
of installed serial ports.  
1. Make sure that:  
v Each port is assigned a unique address in the Configuration/Setup Utility  
program and none of the serial ports is disabled.  
v The serial-port adapter (if one is present) is seated correctly.  
2. Reseat the serial-port adapter.  
3. Replace the serial-port adapter.  
A serial device does not work.  
1. Make sure that:  
v The device is compatible with the server.  
v The serial port is enabled and is assigned a unique address.  
v The device is connected to the correct connector (see “Connectors, LEDs,  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. Failing serial device  
b. Serial cable  
c. Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter (if one is present)  
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting  
the server each time:  
a. Failing serial device  
b. Serial cable  
c. Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter (if one is present)  
d. (Trained service technician only) System board  
EasyStartup problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The ThinkServer EasyStartup  
DVD will not start.  
1. Make sure that the server supports the EasyStartup program and has a  
startable (bootable) CD or DVD drive.  
2. If the startup (boot) sequence settings have been changed, make sure that the  
CD or DVD drive is first in the startup sequence.  
3. If more than one CD or DVD drive is installed, make sure that only one drive is  
set as the primary drive. Start the CD from the primary drive.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The ServeRAID Manager  
program cannot view all  
1. Make sure that there are no duplicate IRQ assignments.  
2. Make sure that the hard disk drive is connected correctly.  
installed drives, or the operating  
system cannot be installed.  
The operating-system  
installation program  
continuously loops.  
Make more space available on the hard disk.  
The EasyStartup program will  
not start the operating-system  
CD.  
Make sure that the operating-system media is supported by the EasyStartup  
program.  
The operating system cannot be Make sure that the server supports the operating system. If it does, either no  
installed; the option is not  
available.  
logical drive is defined (RAID servers), or the EasyStartup program is not installed.  
Run theEasyStartup program and make sure that setup is complete.  
Software problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
You suspect a software  
problem.  
1. To determine whether the problem is caused by the software, make sure that:  
v The server has the minimum memory that is needed to use the software. For  
memory requirements, see the information that comes with the software. If  
you have just installed an adapter or memory, the server might have a  
memory-address conflict.  
v The software is designed to operate on the server.  
v Other software works on the server.  
v The software works on another server.  
2. If you receive any error messages while you use the software, see the  
information that comes with the software for a description of the messages and  
suggested solutions to the problem.  
3. Contact your place of purchase of the software.  
158 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Universal Serial Bus (USB) port problems  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
A USB device does not work.  
2. Make sure that:  
v The correct USB device driver is installed.  
v The operating system supports USB devices.  
3. Make sure that the USB configuration options are set correctly in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program. (For more information, see the User Guide  
on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD).  
4. If you are using a USB hub, disconnect the USB device from the hub and  
connect it directly to the server.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Error LEDs  
The following illustration shows the system boardoard LEDs. The system board has  
error LEDs that will help to locate the source of the error. Run the diagnostic  
programs to find out the cause of the error (see “Running the diagnostic programs”  
ꢀ1ꢁ Boot block jumper (JP6)  
ꢀ2ꢁ Clear CMOS jumper (JP1)  
ꢀ3ꢁ Mini-BMC force update jumper (JP3)  
The server is designed so that LEDs remain lit when the server is connected to an  
ac power source but is not turned on, provided that the power supply is operating  
correctly. This feature helps you to isolate the problem when the operating system  
is shut down.  
Many errors are first indicated by a lit system-error LED on the front-panel  
assembly of the server. If this LED is lit, one or more LEDs elsewhere in the server  
might also be lit and can direct you to the source of the error.  
Important: If the system-error LED on the front of the server is lit but there are no  
other error indications, clear the BMC system-event log. This log does not clear  
itself, and if it begins to fill up, the system-error LED will be lit. Also, after you  
complete a repair or correct an error, clear the BMC system-event log to turn off the  
system-error LED on the front of the server.  
Before you work inside the server to view the LEDs, read the safety information that  
160 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
If an error occurs, view the server LEDs in the following order:  
1. Check the front-panel assembly on the front of the server. If the system-error  
LED is lit, it indicates that an error has occurred.  
2. Check the front and rear of the server to determine whether any component  
LEDs are lit.  
3. Remove the server cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs. Certain  
components inside the server have LEDs that will be lit to indicate the location  
of a problem. For example, a DIMM error will light the LED next to the failing  
DIMM on the system board.  
Look at the system service label on the top of the server, which gives an  
overview of internal components. This information can often provide enough  
information to correct the error.  
Power supply LEDs  
The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start:  
v One microprocessor  
v One 512 MB DIMM  
v One power supply  
v Power backplane  
v Power cord  
v System board  
The following is an illustration of the connectors, AC power supply LED ꢀ1ꢁ, and DC  
power supply LED ꢀ2ꢁ on the rear of the hot-swap and non-hot-swap server  
models.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
The following table describes the problems that are indicated by various  
combinations of the power supply LEDs and the power-on LED on the front  
information panel and suggested actions to correct the detected problems.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action  
column until the problem is solved.  
and 6434,” on page 37 to determine which components are customer replaceable  
units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must  
be performed only by a trained service technician.  
power supply Front  
Description  
Action  
LEDs  
information  
panel power-on  
LED  
AC  
DC  
Off  
Off  
Off  
No power to the  
server, or a  
problem with the  
ac power source.  
1. Check the ac power to the server.  
2. Make sure that the power cord is  
connected to a functioning power  
source.  
3. Remove one power supply at a  
time.  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Off  
Lit  
Lit  
Off  
DC source or  
power supply  
power problem.  
1. Make sure that the power supply is  
connected to the power backplane.  
2. Remove and replace one power  
supply at a time.  
3. View the system-error log (see  
Off  
Standby power  
problem.  
1. View the system-error log (see  
2. Remove one power supply at a  
time.  
3. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the power backplane.  
Flashing  
System  
power-on  
problem.  
1. View the system-error log (see  
2. Make sure that the power cables  
are seated correctly.  
3. Press the power-control button on  
the control-panel.  
4. Remove the optional Remote  
Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine, and  
try to turn on the server.  
5. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
6. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
The power is  
good.  
No action is necessary.  
162 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Diagnostic programs and messages  
The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components  
of the server. The diagnostic tools provided with the program include a system  
information collection and analysis tool that you can use to provide information to  
Lenovo service and support to aid in the diagnosis of the system problems. The  
diagnostic programs are provided on the Diagnostics CD. If one did not come with  
your server, you can download the CD from the Lenovo Support site. As you run  
the diagnostic programs, text messages are displayed on the screen and are saved  
in the test log. A diagnostic text message indicates that a problem has been  
detected and indicates what action you should take as a result of the text message.  
The diagnostic programs collect information about the following aspects of system:  
v System configuration  
v Network interfaces and settings  
v Hardware inventory, including PCI and USB information  
v Lenovo Easy LED Diagnostics status  
v Service processor status and configuration  
v Vital product data, firmware, and basic input/output system (BIOS)  
v Drive health information  
v ServeRAID configuration  
v LSI RAID and controller configuration  
v Event logs for ServeRAID controllers and service processors  
The diagnostic programs can also provide diagnostics for the following system  
components, if they are installed in the system:  
v BroadCom NetXtreme II  
v Optical (CD or DVD) drives  
v Hard disk drives  
v LSI 1064e/1068e/1078e SAS RAID controller  
v Remote Supervisor Adapter  
v Baseboard management controller  
v Trusted Platform Module chip  
v Memory  
v Microprocessor  
v Checkpoint panel test  
The diagnostic programs create a merged log called the diagnostic error log, which  
includes events from all collected logs. You can output all of the collected  
information as a compressed XML file that you can send to Lenovo service and  
support, view the information locally through a generated text report file, or copy the  
log to a removable media and view the log from a Web browser. See “Running the  
diagnostic programs” on page 164 for more information.  
Make sure that the latest version of the diagnostic programs is installed. To  
download the latest version of the diagnostic programs, go to the Lenovo Support  
Web site.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Running the diagnostic programs  
Important: The diagnostic programs do not support USB CD-ROM drives. If you  
run the diagnostic programs while any USB CD-ROM drives are attached, ignore  
any optical drive test results that are returned for USB CD-ROM drives. You can  
also remove USB CD-ROM drives before you run the diagnostic programs to get  
accurate optical drive test results. To remove a remotely mounted USB CD-ROM  
drive, you might have to unmount the remote disk through the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II Web interface.  
To run the Preboot diagnostic programs, complete the following steps:  
1. If the server is running, turn off the server and all attached devices.  
2. Turn on all attached devices; then, turn on the server.  
3. When the prompt Press F1 For Configuration/Setup, appears press F1.  
4. From the Configuration/Setup Utility menu, select Start Options.  
5. From the Start Options menu, select Startup Sequence Options.  
6. Note the device that is selected as the first startup device. Later, you must  
restore this setting.  
7. Select CD/DVD-ROM as the first startup device.  
8. Press Esc two times to return to the Configuration/Setup Utility menu.  
9. Insert the Diagnostics CD into the CD or DVD drive.  
10. Select Save & Exit Setup and follow the prompts. The diagnostic programs  
start.  
11. From the diagnostic programs screen, select the test that you want to run, and  
follow the instructions on the screen.  
Follow the actions in the “Diagnostic messages” on page 165 to solve the problem.  
If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem  
remains during normal server operations, a software error might be the cause. If  
you suspect a software problem, see the information that comes with your software.  
A single problem might cause more than one error message. When this happens,  
correct the cause of the first error message. The other error messages usually will  
not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs.  
Exception: If multiple error codes or LEDs indicate a microprocessor error, the  
error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket. See  
“Microprocessor problems” on page 153 for information about diagnosing  
microprocessor problems.  
If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue, restart the server and try  
running the diagnostic programs again. If the problem remains, replace the  
component that was being tested when the server stopped.  
Diagnostic text messages  
Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running. A diagnostic  
text message contains one of the following results:  
Passed: The test was completed without any errors.  
Failed: The test detected an error.  
164 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Aborted: The test could not proceed because of the server configuration.  
Viewing the test log  
You can use one of the following methods to access the test log when the tests are  
completed:  
v From the DSA command line (Diagnostic command line), issue the view  
command or select Diagnostic Event Log from the DSA graphical user interface  
(GUI).  
v From the DSA interactive menu, select getextendedresults.  
v From the DSA interactive menu, select view to view all of the collected results  
and error log data.  
v In the DSA GUI, select DSA Error Log from the System Information page.  
You can send the Diagnostic error log file to Lenovo service and support to aid in  
diagnosing the server problems or you can use the Diagnostic CLI copy command  
to copy the log to an external USB device.  
Diagnostic messages  
The following table describes the messages that the diagnostic programs might  
generate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems. Follow the  
suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the action column.  
Important: The diagnostic programs do not support USB CD-ROM drives. If you  
run the diagnostic programs while any USB CD-ROM drives are attached, ignore  
any optical drive test results that are returned for USB CD-ROM drives. You can  
also remove USB CD-ROM drives before you run the diagnostic programs to get  
accurate optical drive test results. To remove a remotely mounted USB CD-ROM  
drive, you might have to unmount the remote disk through the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II Web interface.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Table 12. Diagnostic messages  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
CPU Stress Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
089-801-xxx CPU  
Aborted  
Internal program  
error.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, use the EasyUpdate program  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the system has stopped responding,  
turn off and restart the system.  
7. Run the test again.  
8. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
089-802-xxx CPU  
CPU Stress Test  
Aborted  
System resource  
availability error.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, use EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the system has stopped responding,  
turn off and restart the system.  
7. Run the test again.  
8. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
166 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
CPU Stress Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
089-803-xxx CPU  
Aborted  
Memory size in  
insufficient to run  
the test. At least 1  
GB is required.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, use EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the system has stopped responding,  
turn off and restart the system.  
7. Run the test again.  
8. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
CPU Stress Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
089-901-xxx CPU  
Failed  
Test failure.  
1. If the system has stopped responding,  
turn off and restart the system and then  
run the test again.  
2. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, start EasyUpdate or  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the system has stopped responding,  
turn off and restart the system.  
7. Run the test again.  
8. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
168 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RSA Restart Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
165-801-xxx Remote  
Supervisor  
Adapter  
Aborted  
Remote  
Supervisor  
1. Make sure that Linux is selected in  
Advanced Setup –> RSA II Settings  
–> OS USB Selection in the  
Adapter restart  
test failure with  
reason: no  
service processor  
was found.  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
2. Make sure that the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine firmware is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
6. Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter  
II SlimLine.  
7. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
8. Run the test again.  
9. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RSA Restart Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
165-902-xxx Remote  
Supervisor  
Adapter  
Failed  
Remote  
1. Make sure that Linux is selected in  
Advanced Setup –> RSA II Settings  
–> OS USB Selection in the  
Supervisor  
Adapter restart  
test failure with  
reason: the  
Remote  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
2. Make sure that the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine firmware is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
Supervisor  
Adapter restart  
command was  
not sent  
successfully.  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
6. Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter  
II SlimLine.  
7. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
8. Run the test again.  
9. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
170 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RSA Restart Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
165-903-xxx Remote  
Supervisor  
Adapter  
Failed  
Remote  
1. Make sure that Linux is selected in  
Advanced Setup –> RSA II Settings  
–> OS USB Selection in the  
Supervisor  
Adapter restart  
test failure with  
reason: the  
Remote  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
2. Make sure that the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine firmware is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
Supervisor  
Adapter did not  
restart.  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
6. Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter  
II SlimLine.  
7. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
8. Run the test again.  
9. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RSA Restart Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
165-904-xxx Remote  
Supervisor  
Adapter  
Failed  
Remote  
Supervisor  
Adapter restart  
test failure with  
reason: the  
1. Make sure that Linux is selected in  
Advanced Setup –> RSA II Settings  
–> OS USB Selection in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
Remote  
2. Make sure that the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine firmware is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
Supervisor  
Adapter cannot  
wake up from the  
restart process.  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
6. Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter  
II SlimLine.  
7. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
8. Run the test again.  
9. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
172 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RSA Restart Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
165-905-xxx Remote  
Supervisor  
Adapter  
Failed  
Remote  
Supervisor  
Adapter restart  
test failure with  
reason: cannot  
restart the  
1. Make sure that Linux is selected in  
Advanced Setup –> RSA II Settings  
–> OS USB Selection in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
2. Make sure that the Remote Supervisor  
Adapter II SlimLine firmware is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
Remote  
Supervisor  
Adapter because  
of no  
communication  
with the service  
processor.  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
6. Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter  
II SlimLine.  
7. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
8. Run the test again.  
9. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-801-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: the  
BMC returned an  
incorrect  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
response length.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting to Lenovo Service, go  
174 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-802-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
canceled: the test  
cannot be  
completed for an  
unknown reason.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-803-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: the  
node is busy; try  
later.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
176 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-804-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: invalid  
command.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-805-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: invalid  
command for the  
given LUN.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go  
178 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-806-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
canceled: timeout  
while processing  
the command.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-807-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: out of  
space.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
180 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-808-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled:  
reservation  
canceled or  
invalid reservation  
ID.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-809-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: request  
data was  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
truncated.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
182 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-810-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: request  
data length is  
invalid.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-811-xxx  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
canceled: request  
data field length  
limit is exceeded.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
184 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-812-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C Test  
canceled a  
parameter is out  
of range.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, go to:  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-813-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: cannot  
return the number  
of requested data  
bytes.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
186 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-814-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled:  
requested sensor,  
data, or record is  
not present.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-815-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: invalid  
data field in the  
request.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
188 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-816-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: the  
command is  
illegal for the  
specified sensor  
or record type.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-817-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: a  
command  
response could  
not be provided.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
190 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-818-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: cannot  
execute a  
duplicated  
request.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-819-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: a  
command  
response could  
not be provided;  
the SDR  
repository is in  
update mode.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
192 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-820-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: a  
command  
response could  
not be provided;  
the device is in  
firmware update  
mode.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-821-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: a  
command  
response could  
not be provided;  
BMC initialization  
is in progress.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
194 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-822-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: the  
destination is  
unavailable.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-823-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: cannot  
execute the  
command;  
insufficient  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
privilege level.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
196 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-824-xxx BMC  
Aborted  
BMC I2C test  
canceled: cannot  
execute the  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power to  
reset the BMC.  
command.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the system  
to the power source and turn on the  
system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-901-xxx BMC  
Failed  
BMC indicates a  
failure in the  
IPMB bus  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for  
this component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Remove power from the system.  
8. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
9. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
10. Run the test again.  
11. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log and  
send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
198 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-902-xxx BMC  
Failed  
BMC indicates a  
failure in the  
sensor bus  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for  
this component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Remove power from the system.  
8. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
9. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
10. Run the test again.  
11. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log and  
send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-903-xxx BMC  
Failed  
BMC indicates a  
failure in the  
Ethernet sideband  
bus.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for  
this component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Make sure that the Ethernet device  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
7. Run the test again.  
8. Remove power from the system.  
9. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
10. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
11. Run the test again.  
12. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log  
and send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
200 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-904-xxx BMC  
Failed  
BMC indicates a  
failure in the  
power backplane  
bus.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for  
this component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Remove power from the system.  
8. Reseat the power backplane.  
9. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
10. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
11. Run the test again.  
12. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log  
and send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-905-xxx BMC  
Failed  
BMC indicates a  
Ignore this error if the hard disk drive  
failure in the hard backplane is not installed. Otherwise,  
disk drive (DASD) complete the following steps:  
bus.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for  
this component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Remove power from the system.  
8. Reseat all connections in the hard  
disk subsystem, which can include  
hard disk drives, SCSI or SAS cables,  
a hard disk backplane, and a hard  
disk drive or RAID controller.  
9. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
10. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
11. Run the test again.  
12. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log  
and send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
202 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-906-xxx BMC  
Failed  
BMC indicates a  
failure in the  
private bus.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for  
this component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Remove power from the system.  
8. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
9. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
10. Run the test again.  
11. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log and  
send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-801-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled: the  
system BIOS  
programmed the  
memory controller  
with an invalid  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
CBAR address  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
204 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-802-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled: the  
end address in  
the E820 function  
is less than 16  
MB.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled  
in the Configuration/Setup Utility  
program (press F1 at system startup).  
4. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-803-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
could not enable  
the processor  
cache.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
206 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-804-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled: the  
memory controller  
buffer request  
failed.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-805-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled: the  
memory controller  
display/alter write  
operation was not  
completed.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
208 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-806-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled: the  
memory controller  
fast scrub  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
operation was not  
completed.  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-807-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled: the  
memory controller  
buffer free  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
request failed.  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
210 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-808-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
memory controller  
display/alter  
buffer execute  
error.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-809-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled  
program error:  
operation running  
fast scrub.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
212 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-810-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
unknown error  
code xxx received  
in COMMONEXIT  
procedure.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-901-xxx Memory  
Failed  
Test failure:  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
single-bit error,  
failing bank x,  
failing DIMM z.  
2. Reseat DIMM z.  
3. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BIOS code is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for  
this component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Replace the failing DIMMs.  
8. Re-enable all memory in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
9. Run the test again.  
10. Replace the failing DIMM.  
11. Re-enable all memory in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
12. Run the test again.  
13. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log  
and send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
214 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-902-xxx Memory  
Failed  
Test failure:  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
single-bit and  
multi-bit error,  
failing bank x,  
failing DIMM z  
2. Reseat DIMM z.  
3. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
4. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
5. Make sure that the BIOS code is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the Diagnostic event  
log in the Firmware/VPD section for  
this component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Replace the failing DIMMs.  
8. Re-enable all memory in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
9. Run the test again.  
10. Replace the failing DIMMs.  
11. Re-enable all memory in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
12. Run the test again.  
13. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log  
and send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Stress Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
202-801-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Internal program  
error.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
3. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Turn off and restart the system if  
necessary to recover from a hung state.  
6. Run the memory diagnostics to identify  
the specific failing DIMM.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
216 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Stress Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
202-802-xxx Memory  
Aborted  
Memory size is  
insufficient to run  
the test. At least 1  
GB is required.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Make sure that all memory is enabled  
by checking the Available System  
Memory in the Resource Utilization  
section of the Diagnostic event log. If  
necessary, enable all memory in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Make sure that the BIOS code is at the  
latest level. The installed firmware level  
is shown in the Diagnostic event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. Turn off and restart the system if  
necessary to recover from a hung state.  
7. Run the memory diagnostics to identify  
the specific failing DIMM.  
8. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Stress Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
202-901-xxx Memory  
Failed  
Test failure.  
1. Run the standard Diagnostic memory  
diagnostic to validate all memory.  
2. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from power.  
4. Reseat the DIMMs.  
5. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Run the standard Diagnostic memory  
diagnostic to validate all memory.  
8. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
218 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Stress Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
202-902-xxx Memory  
Failed  
General error:  
memory size is  
insufficient to run  
the test.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Make sure that all memory is enabled  
by checking the Available System  
Memory in the Resource Utilization  
section of the Diagnostic event log. If  
necessary, enable all memory in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup).  
3. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Turn off and restart the system if  
necessary to recover from a hung state.  
6. Run the standard Diagnostic memory  
diagnostic to validate all memory.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-801-xxx Optical drive Self-Test  
Aborted  
Unable to  
communicate with  
the device driver.  
1. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the drive cabling for loose or  
broken connections at both ends or  
damage to the cable. Replace the cable  
if it is damaged.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
220 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-802-xxx Optical drive Self-Test  
Aborted  
The media tray is  
open.  
1. Close the media tray and wait 15  
seconds for the media to be  
recognized..  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Insert a new CD or DVD into the  
drive, and wait for 15 seconds for the  
media to be recognized.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Check the drive cabling for loose or  
broken connections at both ends or  
damage to the cable. Replace the  
cable if it is damaged.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of Diagnostic code, go to:  
8. Run the test again.  
9. Replace the optical drive.  
10. Run the test again.  
11. If the problem remains, collect the  
data from the Diagnostic event log and  
send it to Lenovo Service. For  
information about contacting Lenovo  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-803-xxx Optical drive Self-Test  
Failed  
The disc might be  
in use by the  
system.  
1. Wait for the system activity to stop.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Turn off and restart the system.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
215-901-xxx Optical drive Self-Test  
Aborted  
Drive media is not  
detected.  
1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive  
and wait for 15 seconds for the media  
to be recognized.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the drive cabling for loose or  
broken connections at both ends or  
damage to the cable. Replace the cable  
if it is damaged.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Replace the optical drive.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
215-902-xxx Optical drive Self-Test  
Failed  
Read  
miscompare.  
1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive  
and wait for 15 seconds for the media  
to be recognized.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the drive cabling for loose or  
broken connections at both ends or  
damage to the cable. Replace the cable  
if it is damaged.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Replace the optical drive.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
222 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-903-xxx Optical drive Self-Test  
Aborted  
Could not access  
the drive.  
1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive  
and wait for 15 seconds for the media  
to be recognized.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the drive cabling for loose or  
broken connections at both ends or  
damage to the cable. Replace the cable  
if it is damaged.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Make sure that the Diagnostic code is  
at the latest level. For the latest level of  
Diagnostic code, go to:  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Replace the optical drive.  
8. Run the test again.  
9. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-904-xxx Optical drive Self-Test  
Failed  
A read error  
occurred.  
1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive  
and wait for 15 seconds for the media  
to be recognized.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the drive cabling for loose or  
broken connections at both ends or  
damage to the cable. Replace the cable  
if it is damaged.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Replace the optical drive.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
405-901-xxx Broadcom  
Ethernet  
TestControlRegisters  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
device  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
224 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-902-xxx Broadcom  
Ethernet  
TestMIIRegisters  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
device  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-903-xxx Broadcom  
Ethernet  
TestEEPROM  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
device  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
226 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-904-xxx Broadcom  
Ethernet  
TestInternalMemory  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
device  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-905-xxx Broadcom  
Ethernet  
TestInterrupt  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
device  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the interrupt assignments in the  
PCI Hardware section of the Diagnostic  
event log. If the Ethernet device is  
sharing interrupts, if possible, use the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
(press F1 at system startup) to assign a  
unique interrupt to the device.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
228 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-906-xxx Broadcom  
Ethernet  
TestLoopbackAtMAC-  
Layer  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
device  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-907-xxx Broadcom  
Ethernet  
TestLoopbackAtPhysi-  
calLayer  
Failed  
1. Check the Ethernet cable for damage  
and make sure that the cable type and  
connection are correct.  
device  
2. Make sure that the component firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
230 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12. Diagnostic messages (continued)  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved.  
which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a trained  
service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-908-xxx Broadcom  
Ethernet  
TestLEDs  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the  
Diagnostic event log in the  
device  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, start firmware, go to  
EasyUpdate or go to:  
select your system to display a matrix  
of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. (Trained service technician only)  
Replace the system board.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the problem remains, collect the data  
from the Diagnostic event log and send  
it to Lenovo Service. For information  
about contacting Lenovo Service, see  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Updating (flash-update) the BIOS code on the server  
Periodically, Lenovo makes new levels of BIOS code available on the Web. Always  
check http://www.lenovo.com/support for the latest level of BIOS code, device  
drivers, documentation, and hints and tips. You can use one of the following  
methods to update (flash-update) the BIOS code on the server:  
v Download the BIOS code update file directly to the hard disk drive.  
v Download the BIOS code update file to a diskette (you must attach an optional  
external USB portable diskette drive to the server); then, update the BIOS code  
on the server.  
v Download the BIOS code update file to a CD or DVD, using a writable optional  
device; then, start the server with the CD or DVD in the CD or DVD drive to  
update the BIOS code on the server.  
One file type is available for each of these methods. The description next to each  
file indicates the type of medium to which you can download the file. A readme file  
is also available with instructions for installing the BIOS code update.  
To download the BIOS (flash) update files, complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Select Servers from the Brand list.  
3. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
from the Select your product list.  
4. From Family list, select ThinkServer TS100, and click Continue.  
5. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
6. Select the applicable file for your operating system and the file type for the  
medium you want to use; then, download the flash BIOS update.  
7. Update the BIOS code. Follow the readme instructions that come with the  
update file that you downloaded.  
Note: Always reset the Configuration/Setup Utility program to the default values  
after you update the BIOS code.  
8. Restart the server.  
Recovering from a BIOS update failure  
If power to the server is interrupted while BIOS code is being updated, the server  
might not restart correctly or might not display video. If this happens, use the  
procedure in this section to recover the BIOS code.  
To complete the procedures in this section, you must make the following  
preparations:  
v Download the BIOS code image to create the POST/BIOS recovery diskette, CD,  
v To create and use a diskette, you must attach an optional external USB diskette  
drive to the server. To enable the USB diskette drive, complete the following  
steps:  
1. Enable the USB Support option in the Devices and I/O Ports menu in the  
Configuration/Setup Utility program.  
232 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
2. Set your removable media device as the first startup device.  
3. Select the removable media device that you want to boot from and move it to  
the top of the list.  
To recover the BIOS code, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page vii and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and all attached devices; then, disconnect all power cords  
and external cables.  
3. Unlock and remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page  
4. Locate the boot block recovery jumper (JP6) on the system board (see the  
following illustration) and remove any adapters that impede access to the  
Boot block  
jumper (JP6)  
Clear CMOS  
jumper (JP1)  
Mini-BMC  
force update  
jumper (JP3)  
5. Move the boot block recovery jumper to pins 2 and 3.  
6. Replace any adapters that you removed (see “Installing an adapter” on page  
7. Reconnect all external cables and power cords.  
8. Insert the update diskette, CD, or DVD into the diskette, CD, or DVD drive.  
9. Turn on the server and the monitor.  
After the update session is completed, remove the diskette, CD, or DVD from  
the drive and turn off the server.  
10. Disconnect all power cords and external cables.  
11. Remove the side cover (see “Removing the side cover” on page 62).  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12. Remove any adapters that impede access to the boot block recovery jumper  
13. Return the boot block recovery jumper to pins 1 and 2.  
14. Replace any adapters that you removed (see “Installing an adapter” on page  
15. Lock the side cover.  
16. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached  
devices and turn on the server.  
234 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
System-error log messages  
A system-error log is generated by both the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
adapter and the mini-BMC. The system-error log can contain messages of three  
types:  
Information  
Information messages do not require action; they record significant  
system-level events, such as when the server is started.  
Warning  
Warning messages do not require immediate action; they indicate  
possible problems, such as when the recommended maximum  
ambient temperature is exceeded.  
Error  
Error messages might require action; they indicate system errors,  
such as when a fan is not detected.  
Each message contains date and time information, and it indicates the source of  
the message (POST/BIOS or the service processor).  
In the following example, the system-error log message indicates that the server  
was turned on at the recorded time.  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Date/Time: 2002/05/07 15:52:03  
DMI Type:  
Source: SERVPROC  
Error Code: System Complex Powered Up  
Error Code:  
Error Data:  
Error Data:  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
The following table describes the possible system-error log messages and  
suggested actions to correct the detected problems.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System-error log message  
A system NMI was detected  
Action  
Make sure that the system software is operating correctly and does  
not conflict with other software; the system software has created a  
software NMI, or pressing the NMI button has created a service  
NMI.  
Alert accepted by remote system x; type:y, ID:z Information only.  
Alert accepted from system x; type:y, sender’s  
Information only.  
ID:z  
Alert ID x will be retried by sender; when  
accepted by a remote system, it will have a  
different ID  
Information only.  
Alert not accepted by remote system x; type:y,  
ID:z  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Alert not accepted from system x; type:y,  
sender’s ID:z  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System-error log message  
Action  
ASM Reset -- reason unknown  
ASM Reset due to x, Instruction Fault: y  
ASM Reset due Watchdog timeout  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
ASM Reset was caused by restoring default  
values  
ASM Reset was initiated by the user  
Information only.  
Configuration error recovery on the Inter-connect Information only.  
network  
CPU over temperature  
1. Make sure that the fan sink has good airflow and is not  
obstructed.  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. Fan-sink cable  
b. (Trained service technician only) Fan sink  
DASD controller removal  
1. Make sure that the mini-PCI-X adapter cable is not damaged.  
2. Reseat the mini-PCI-X adapter cable.  
3. Replace the mini-PCI-X adapter cable.  
DHCP failure,no IP@ assigned-  
RETRYING!,rc=xxx,count=yyy  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Dialback failed for userid w. Could not connect  
at phone number x, y, z  
ENET[eee] DHCP-  
HstNme=a,DN=b,IP@=ccc.ccc.ccc.ccc  
GW@=ddd.ddd.ddd.ddd, NMsk=fff.fff.fff.fff,  
DNS1@=ggg.ggg.ggg.ggg,  
DNS2@=hhh.hhh.hhh.hhh  
ENET[eee] IP-Cfg:HstName=x,  
IP@=ccc.ccc.ccc.ccc, GW@=ddd.ddd.ddd.ddd,  
NetMsk=fff.fff.fff.fff  
Information only.  
Failure reading an I2C device, possible bus  
failure  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. AC power cords  
b. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
c. Power-supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
Fan x Failure  
1. Make sure that fan x is not obstructed.  
2. Reseat the fan x cable.  
3. Replace fan x.  
Fan x Outside Recommended Speed  
1. Make sure that fan x is not obstructed.  
2. Reseat the fan x cable.  
3. Replace fan x.  
236 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System-error log message  
Flash of x by y via z was successful.w  
Flash of x via z failed for user z...z  
Flash succeeded for x (address: y)  
Hard Drive x Fault  
Action  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
1. Run the diagnostic programs.  
2. Replace hard disk drive x.  
3. Replace the following component, depending on the server  
model:  
v Hot-swap models: Hard disk drive backplane  
v Simple-swap models: Hard disk drive x cable  
Hard drive x removal detected.  
Reseat the following component, depending on the server model:  
v Hot-swap and simple-swap models: Hard disk drive x  
Internal Error CPU Fault  
Information only. If the message remains:  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the microprocessor.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the microprocessor.  
Invalid userid or password received. Userid is w, Information only.  
x, y, z  
LAN: Command Mode tamper triggered.  
Possible break in attempt  
Information only.  
LAN: Telnet tamper triggered. Possible break in Information only.  
attempt  
LAN: Web Server tamper delay triggered.  
Possible break in attempt  
Information only.  
LAN: Ethernet interface is no longer active  
LAN: Ethernet interface is now active  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
No ISMP Gateway defined for the interconnect  
network. RSA x is Assuming the Gateway  
OS Watchdog response disabled by x  
Information only.  
OS Watchdog response enabled by x  
Information only.  
PFA Alert, see preceding error in system error  
log  
Information only. See the preceding entry in the system-error log.  
Possible ASM reset occurred -- reason unknown Information only.  
Power off  
Power on  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
PPP[xxx] PPP-Cfg, Local-  
IP@=aaa.aaa.aaa.aaa, Remote-  
IP@=bbb.bbb.bbb.bbb NetMsk=ccc.ccc.ccc.ccc,  
Auth=ddd  
PPP_1:Client Connected at xxx bps  
Information only.  
Information only.  
PPP_1:User requested to abort PPP interface  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System-error log message  
Action  
Received alert from system x; type:y, sender’s  
Information only.  
ID:z  
Remote access attempt failed  
Information only.  
Remote access attempt failed. Invalid userid or Information only.  
password received. Userid is ’x’ from WEB  
browser at IP@=yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy  
Remote access attempt failed. Invalid userid or Information only.  
password received. Userid is ’x’ from CMD  
mode client at IP@=yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy  
Remote access attempt failed. Invalid userid or Information only.  
password received. Userid is ’x’ from TELNET  
client at IP@=yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy  
Remote Login Successful. Login ID:  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Remote Login Successful. Login ID:’x’ from  
CMD mode client at IP@=yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy  
Retried alert accepted from system x; type:y,  
sender’s ID:z  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Retry count exceeded. Incorrect password  
entered too many times for userid w, x, y, z  
RS485 broadcast from x ignored; more than y  
devices present on the RS485 network  
RS485 connection to system x has ended  
RS485 network overload has cleared; x or fewer Information only.  
devices are present on the RS485 network  
RSA x Became the ISMP Gateway  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Information only.  
Running the backup ASM main application  
Secondary Device Event[00 x UNKNOWN-y]  
Sending alert to remote system x; type:y, ID:z  
Serial tamper delay triggered. Possible serial  
port break in attempt  
System board is over recommended  
temperature  
1. Make sure that the fans have good airflow and are not  
obstructed.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System board is under recommended  
temperature  
1. Make sure that the fans have good airflow and are not  
obstructed.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
Information only.  
System Complex Powered Down  
System error log full  
Clear the current logs.  
238 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System-error log message  
Action  
System is over recommended voltage for +3.3V  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System is over recommended voltage for 1.5V  
CPU  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System is over recommended voltage on VRM  
(Trained service technician only) Reseat the microprocessor.  
System is under recommended voltage for  
+3.3V  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System is under recommended voltage for 1.5V  
CPU  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System is under recommended voltage on VRM (Trained service technician only) Reseat the microprocessor.  
System log 75% full  
System log cleared  
System Memory Error  
Clear the current logs.  
Information only.  
1. Reseat the DIMMs.  
2. Replace the DIMMs.  
System over recommended voltage for +12V  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System over recommended voltage on +2.5V  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System over recommended voltage on  
continuous +5V  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System-error log message  
Action  
System shut off due to system board under  
temperature  
1. Make sure that the fans have good airflow and are not  
obstructed.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System shutoff due to +12V over voltage  
System shutoff due to +12V under voltage  
System shutoff due to +2.5V over voltage  
System shutoff due to +2.5V under voltage  
System shutoff due to +3.3V over voltage  
System shutoff due to +3.3V under voltage  
System shutoff due to 1.5V CPU over voltage  
System shutoff due to 1.5V CPU under voltage  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
240 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System-error log message  
Action  
System shutoff due to board over temperature  
1. Make sure that all fans have good airflow and are not  
obstructed.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System shutoff due to continuous +5V over  
voltage  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System shutoff due to continuous +5V under  
voltage  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System shutoff due to CPU over temperature  
System shutoff due to VRM over voltage  
System shutoff due to VRM under voltage  
1. Make sure that the fan sink has good airflow and is not  
obstructed.  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. Fan sink cable  
b. (Trained service technician only) Fan sink  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the microprocessor.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order  
shown, restarting the server each time:  
a. (Trained service technician only) Microprocessor  
b. (Trained service technician only) System board  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the microprocessor.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order  
shown, restarting the server each time:  
a. (Trained service technician only) Microprocessor  
b. (Trained service technician only) System board  
System under recommended voltage for +12V  
System under recommended voltage on +2.5V  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
System under recommended voltage on  
continuous +5V  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hot-swap power supplies, if any are installed  
b. Power supply cables on the system board  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
to determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v
If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System-error log message  
Action  
We started a RS485 connection with remote  
Information only.  
system x  
We will retry sending alert ID x; when accepted Information only.  
by a remote system, it will have a different ID  
Windows blue screen has been captured  
Information only.  
242 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Solving SAS problems  
For any SAS error message, one or more of the following devices might be causing  
the problem:  
v A failing SAS device (adapter, drive, or controller)  
v An incorrect SAS termination jumper setting  
v A missing or incorrectly installed SAS terminator  
v A defective SAS terminator  
v An incorrectly installed cable  
v A defective cable  
For any SAS error message, follow these suggested actions in the order in which  
they are listed until the problem is solved:  
1. Make sure that external SAS devices are turned on before you turn on the  
server.  
2. Make sure that the cables for all external SAS devices are connected correctly.  
3. If an external SAS device is attached, make sure that the external SAS  
termination is set to automatic.  
4. Make sure that the last device in each SAS chain is terminated correctly.  
5. Make sure that the SAS devices are configured correctly.  
Solving power problems  
Power problems can be difficult to solve. For example, a short circuit can exist  
anywhere on any of the power distribution buses. Usually, a short circuit will cause  
the power subsystem to shut down because of an overcurrent condition. To  
diagnose a power problem, use the following general procedure:  
1. Turn off the server and disconnect all ac power cords.  
2. Check for loose cables in the power subsystem. Also check for short circuits, for  
example, if a loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board.  
3. Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal  
and external devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is  
required for the server to start (see “Solving undetermined problems” on page  
245 for the minimum configuration).  
4. Reconnect all ac power cords and turn on the server. If the server starts  
successfully, replace the adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is  
isolated.  
If the server does not start from the minimum configuration, replace the components  
in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Solving Ethernet controller problems  
The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating  
system you are using. See the operating-system documentation for information  
about Ethernet controllers, and see the Ethernet controller device-driver readme file.  
Try the following procedures:  
v Make sure that the correct device drivers, which come with the server are  
installed and that they are at the latest level.  
v Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly.  
– The cable must be securely attached at all connections. If the cable is  
attached but the problem remains, try a different cable.  
– If you set the Ethernet controller to operate at 100 Mbps, you must use  
Category 5 cabling.  
– If you directly connect two servers (without a hub), or if you are not using a  
hub with X ports, use a crossover cable. To determine whether a hub has an  
X port, check the port label. If the label contains an X, the hub has an X port.  
v Determine whether the hub supports auto-negotiation. If it does not, try  
configuring the integrated Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and  
duplex mode of the hub.  
v Check the Ethernet controller LEDs on the rear panel of the server. These LEDs  
indicate whether there is a problem with the connector, cable, or hub.  
– The Ethernet link status LED is lit when the Ethernet controller receives a link  
pulse from the hub. If the LED is off, there might be a defective connector or  
cable or a problem with the hub.  
– The Ethernet transmit/receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet controller  
sends or receives data over the Ethernet network. If the Ethernet  
transmit/receive activity light is off, make sure that the hub and network are  
operating and that the correct device drivers are installed.  
v Check the LAN activity LED on the rear of the server. The LAN activity LED is lit  
when data is active on the Ethernet network. If the LAN activity LED is off, make  
sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers  
are installed.  
v Check for operating-system-specific causes of the problem.  
v Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same  
protocol.  
If the Ethernet controller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware  
appears to be working, the network administrator must investigate other possible  
causes of the error.  
244 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Solving undetermined problems  
If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative, use  
the information in this section.  
If you suspect that a software problem is causing failures (continuous or  
Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged BIOS code can cause undetermined  
problems. To reset the CMOS data, use the clear CMOS jumper (JP2) to clear the  
CMOS memory; see “System board jumpers” on page 14. If you suspect that the  
Check the LEDs on all the power supplies. If the LEDs indicate that the power  
supplies are working correctly, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn off the server.  
2. Make sure that the server is cabled correctly.  
3. Remove or disconnect the following devices, one at a time, until you find the  
failure. Turn on the server and reconfigure it each time.  
v Any external devices.  
v Surge-suppressor device (on the server).  
v Modem, printer, mouse, and non-Lenovo devices.  
v Each adapter.  
v Hard disk drives.  
v Memory modules. The minimum configuration requirement is one 512 MB  
DIMM on the system board.  
v Service processor.  
The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start:  
v One microprocessor  
v One 512 MB DIMM on the system board  
v One power supply  
v Power cord  
v Power backplane  
v System board  
4. Turn on the server. If the problem remains, suspect the following components in  
the following order:  
a. System board  
b. Memory module  
c. Microprocessor  
d. SAS/SATA controller  
If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the  
problem recurs when you reinstall the same adapter, suspect the adapter; if the  
problem recurs when you replace the adapter with a different one, suspect the  
system board or SAS/SATA controller.  
If you suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests,  
suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the server.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Problem determination tips  
Because of the variety of hardware and software combinations that you can  
encounter, use the following information to assist you in problem determination. If  
possible, have this information available when you request assistance from Lenovo:  
v Machine type and model  
v Microprocessor and hard disk drive upgrades  
v Failure symptoms  
– Does the server fail the diagnostic tests? If so, what are the error codes?  
– What occurs? When? Where?  
– Does the failure occur on a single server or on multiple servers?  
– Is the failure repeatable?  
– Has this configuration ever worked?  
– What changes, if any, were made before the configuration failed?  
– Is this the original reported failure, or has this failure been reported before?  
v Diagnostic program type and version level  
v Hardware configuration (print screen of the system summary)  
v BIOS code level  
v Operating-system type and version level  
You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setups  
between working and nonworking servers. When you compare servers to each  
other for diagnostic purposes, consider them identical only if all the following factors  
are exactly the same in all the servers:  
v Machine type and model  
v BIOS level  
v Adapters and attachments, in the same locations  
v Address jumpers, terminators, and cabling  
v Software versions and levels  
v Memory amount, type and configuration  
v Diagnostic program type and version level  
v Configuration option settings  
v Operating-system control-file setup  
information about calling Lenovo for service.  
246 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix A. Getting help and technical assistance  
If you need help, service, or technical assistance or just want more information  
about Lenovo products, you will find a wide variety of sources available from  
Lenovo to assist you. This section contains information about where to go for  
additional information about Lenovo and Lenovo products, what to do if you  
experience a problem with your system, and whom to call for service, if it is  
necessary.  
Before you call  
Before you call, make sure that you have taken these steps to try to solve the  
problem yourself:  
v Check all cables to make sure that they are connected.  
v Check the power switches to make sure that the system and any optional  
devices are turned on.  
v Use the troubleshooting information in your system documentation, and use the  
diagnostic tools that come with your system.  
v Go to the Lenovo Support Web site at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check  
for technical information, hints, tips, and new device drivers or to submit a  
request for information.  
You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the  
troubleshooting procedures that Lenovo provides in the online help or in the  
documentation that is provided with your Lenovo product. The documentation that  
comes with Lenovo systems also describes the diagnostic tests that you can  
perform. Most systems, operating systems, and programs come with documentation  
that contains troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and  
error codes. If you suspect a software problem, see the documentation for the  
operating system or program.  
Using the documentation  
Information about your Lenovo system and preinstalled software, if any, or optional  
device is available in the documentation that comes with the product. That  
documentation can include printed documents, online documents, readme files, and  
help files. Most of the documentation for your server is on the ThinkServer  
Documentation DVD provided with your server. See the troubleshooting information  
in your system documentation for instructions for using the diagnostic programs.  
The troubleshooting information or the diagnostic programs might tell you that you  
need additional or updated device drivers or other software. Lenovo maintains  
pages on the World Wide Web where you can get the latest technical information  
and download device drivers and updates. To access these pages, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/support and follow the instructions.  
Getting help and information from the World Wide Web  
On the World Wide Web, the Lenovo Web site has up-to-date information about  
Lenovo systems, optional devices, services, and support. For general information  
about Lenovo products or to purchase Lenovo products, go to http://  
www.lenovo.com. For support on Lenovo products, go to http://www.lenovo.com/  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Calling for service  
During the warranty period, you can get help and information by telephone through  
the Customer Support Center.  
These services are available during the warranty period:  
v Problem determination - Trained personnel are available to assist you with  
determining a hardware problem and deciding what action is necessary to fix the  
problem.  
v Hardware repair - If the problem is caused by hardware under warranty, trained  
service personnel are available to provide the applicable level of service.  
v Engineering Change management - There might be changes that are required  
after a product has been sold. Lenovo or your reseller will make selected  
Engineering Changes (ECs) available that apply to your hardware.  
These items are not covered by the warranty:  
v Replacement or use of parts not manufactured for or by Lenovo or  
non-warranted Lenovo parts  
v Identification of software problem sources  
v Configuration of BIOS as part of an installation or upgrade  
v Changes, modifications, or upgrades to device drivers  
v Installation and maintenance of network operating systems (NOS)  
v Installation and maintenance of application programs  
Refer to the safety and warranty information that is provided with your computer for  
a complete explanation of warranty terms. You must retain your proof of purchase  
to obtain warranty service.  
For a list of service and support phone numbers for your country or region, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/support and click Support phone list or refer to the safety  
and warranty information provided with your computer.  
Note: Phone numbers are subject to change without notice. If the number for your  
country or region is not provided, contact your Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing  
representative.  
If possible, be at your computer when you call. Have the following information  
available:  
v Machine type and model  
v Serial numbers of our hardware products  
v Description of the problem  
v Exact working of any error messages  
v Hardware and software configuration information  
Using other services  
If you travel with a Lenovo notebook computer or relocate your computer to a  
country where your desktop, notebook, or server machine type is sold, your  
computer might be eligible for International Warranty Service, which automatically  
entitles you to obtain warranty service throughout the warranty period. Service will  
be performed by service providers authorized to perform warranty service.  
248 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Service methods and procedures vary by country, and some services might not be  
available in all countries. International Warranty Service is delivered through the  
method of service (such as depot, carry-in, or on-site service) that is provided in the  
servicing country. Service centers in certain countries might not be able to service  
all models of a particular machine type. In some countries, fees and restrictions  
might apply at the time of service.  
To determine whether your computer is eligible for International Warranty Service  
and to view a list of the countries where service is available, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/support, click Warranty, and follow the instructions on the  
screen.  
For technical assistance with the installation of, or questions related to, Service  
Packs for your preinstalled Microsoft® Windows® product, refer to the Microsoft  
Product Support Services Web site at http://www.support.microsoft.com/directory/,  
or you can contact the Customer Support Center. Some fees might apply.  
Purchasing additional services  
During and after the warranty period, you can purchase additional services, such as  
support for hardware, operating systems, and application programs; network setup  
and configuration; upgraded or extended hardware repair services; and custom  
installations. Service availability and service name might vary by country or region.  
For more information about these services, go to the Lenovo Web site at  
Lenovo Taiwan product service  
Appendix A. Getting help and technical assistance 249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
250 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B. Notices  
Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document  
in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the  
products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo  
product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo  
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,  
program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may  
be used instead. However, it is the user’s responsibility to evaluate and verify the  
operation of any other product, program, or service.  
Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter  
described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any  
license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:  
Lenovo (United States), Inc.  
1009 Think Place - Building One  
Morrisville, NC 27560  
U.S.A.  
Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing  
LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF  
ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR  
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow  
disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this  
statement may not apply to you.  
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.  
Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be  
incorporated in new editions of the publication. Lenovo may make improvements  
and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication  
at any time without notice.  
The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or  
other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to  
persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change  
Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate  
as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights  
of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained  
in specific environments and is presented as an illustration. The result obtained in  
other operating environments may vary.  
Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it  
believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.  
Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for  
convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those  
Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this  
Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.  
Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled  
environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may  
vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level  
systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on  
generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document  
should verify the applicable data for their specific environment.  
Trademarks  
The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries,  
or both:  
Lenovo  
Lenovo logo  
ThinkServer  
The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation  
in the United States, other countries, or both:  
v IBM  
v ServeRAID  
v Wake on LAN  
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or  
its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.  
Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United  
States, other countries, or both.  
Java and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in  
the United States, other countries, or both.  
Adaptec and HostRAID are trademarks of Adaptec, Inc., in the United States, other  
countries, or both.  
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other  
countries, or both.  
Red Hat, the Red Hat “Shadow Man” logo, and all Red Hat-based trademarks and  
logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., in the United States  
and other countries.  
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of  
others.  
Important notes  
Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor; other  
factors also affect application performance.  
CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate. Actual speeds vary and are often  
less than the possible maximum.  
When referring to processor storage, real and virtual storage, or channel volume,  
KB stands for 1024 bytes, MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes, and GB stands for  
1 073 741 824 bytes.  
When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume, MB stands  
for 1 000 000 bytes, and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes. Total user-accessible  
capacity can vary depending on operating environments.  
252 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any  
standard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive bays with the largest  
currently supported drives that are available from Lenovo.  
Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an  
optional memory module.  
Lenovo makes no representation or warranties regarding non-Lenovo products and  
services, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and  
fitness for a particular purpose. These products are offered and warranted solely by  
third parties.  
Lenovo makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-Lenovo  
products. Support (if any) for the non-Lenovo products is provided by the third party,  
not Lenovo.  
Some software might differ from its retail version (if available) and might not include  
user manuals or all program functionality.  
Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) notices  
This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national  
regulations. Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to  
responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a  
variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT  
products. Information on Lenovo product recycling offerings can be found on  
Lenovo’s Internet site at http://www.lenovo.com/lenovo/environment.  
Esta unidad debe reciclarse o desecharse de acuerdo con lo establecido en la  
normativa nacional o local aplicable. Lenovo recomienda a los propietarios de  
equipos de tecnología de la información (TI) que reciclen responsablemente sus  
equipos cuando éstos ya no les sean útiles. Lenovo dispone de una serie de  
programas y servicios de devolución de productos, a fin de ayudar a los  
propietarios de equipos a reciclar sus productos de TI. Se puede encontrar  
información sobre las ofertas de reciclado de productos de Lenovo en el sitio web  
de Lenovo http://www.lenovo.com/lenovo/environment.  
Notice: This mark applies only to countries within the European Union (EU) and  
Norway.  
This appliance is labeled in accordance with European Directive 2002/96/EC  
concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE). The Directive  
determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as  
applicable throughout the European Union. This label is applied to various products  
to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away, but rather reclaimed upon end  
of life per this Directive.  
Appendix B. Notices 253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Remarque : Cette marque s’applique uniquement aux pays de l’Union Européenne  
et à la Norvège.  
L’etiquette du système respecte la Directive européenne 2002/96/EC en matière de  
Déchets des Equipements Electriques et Electroniques (DEEE), qui détermine les  
dispositions de retour et de recyclage applicables aux systèmes utilisés à travers  
l’Union européenne. Conformément à la directive, ladite étiquette précise que le  
produit sur lequel elle est apposée ne doit pas être jeté mais être récupéré en fin  
de vie.  
In accordance with the European WEEE Directive, electrical and electronic  
equipment (EEE) is to be collected separately and to be reused, recycled, or  
recovered at end of life. Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the  
WEEE Directive, as shown above, must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted  
municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to customers for the  
return, recycling, and recovery of WEEE. Customer participation is important to  
minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to  
the potential presence of hazardous substances in EEE. For proper collection and  
treatment, contact your local Lenovo representative.  
Battery return program  
This product may contain a lithium or lithium ion battery. Consult your user manual  
or service manual for specific battery information. The battery must be recycled or  
disposed of properly. Recycling facilities may not be available in your area. For  
information on disposal or batteries outside the United States, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/lenovo/environment or contact your local waste disposal  
facility.  
For Taiwan: Please recycle batteries.  
For the European Union:  
Notice: This mark applies only to countries within the European Union (EU).  
Batteries or packaging for batteries are labeled in accordance with European  
Directive 2006/66/EC concerning batteries and accumulators and waste batteries  
and accumulators. The Directive determines the framework for the return and  
recycling of used batteries and accumulators as applicable throughout the European  
Union. This label is applied to various batteries to indicate that the battery is not to  
be thrown away, but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive.  
254 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Les batteries ou emballages pour batteries sont étiquetés conformément aux  
directives européennes 2006/66/EC, norme relative aux batteries et accumulateurs  
en usage et aux batteries et accumulateurs usés. Les directives déterminent la  
marche à suivre en vigueue dans l'Union Européenne pour le retour et le recyclage  
des batteries et accumulateurs usés. Cette étiquette est appliquée sur diverses  
batteries pour indiquer que la batterie ne doit pas être mise au rebut mais plutôt  
récupérée en fin de cycle de vie selon cette norme.  
In accordance with the European Directive 2006/66/EC, batteries and accumulators  
are labeled to indicate that they are to be collected separately and recycled at end  
of life. The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal  
concerned in the battery (Pb for lead, Hg for mercury, and Cd for cadmium). Users  
of batteries and accumulators must not dispose of batteries and accumulators as  
unsorted municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to customers  
for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators. Customer  
participation is important to minimize any potential effects of batteries and  
accumulators on the environment and human health due to the potential presence  
of hazardous substances. For proper collection and treatment, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/lenovo/environment.  
For California:  
Perchlorate material - special handling may apply. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/  
hazardouswaste/perchlorate/.  
The foregoing notice is provided in accordance with California Code of Regulations  
Title 22, Division 4.5 Chapter 33. Best Management Practices for Perchlorate  
Materials. This product/part may include a lithium manganese dioxide battery which  
contains a perchlorate substance.  
Electronic emissions notices  
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) statement  
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a  
Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are  
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the  
equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates,  
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in  
accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio  
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause  
harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the  
interference at his own expense.  
Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to  
meet FCC emission limits. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television  
interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by  
unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or  
modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the  
following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)  
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may  
cause undesired operation.  
Appendix B. Notices 255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement  
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.  
Avis de conformité à la réglementation d'Industrie Canada  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du  
Canada.  
Australia and New Zealand Class A statement  
Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may  
cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate  
measures.  
United Kingdom telecommunications safety requirement  
Notice to Customers  
This apparatus is approved under approval number NS/G/1234/J/100003 for indirect  
connection to public telecommunication systems in the United Kingdom.  
European Union EMC Directive conformance statement  
This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council  
Directive 2004/108/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States  
relating to electromagnetic compatibility. Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any  
failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended  
modification of the product, including the fitting of non-Lenovo option cards  
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A  
Information Technology Equipment according to CISPR 22/European Standard EN  
55022. The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial  
environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed  
communication equipment.  
Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may  
cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate  
measures.  
German Class A compliance statement  
Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis:  
Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen  
Verträglichkeit  
Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-Richtlinie 2004/108/EG  
(früher 89/336/EWG) zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften über die  
elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit in den EU-Mitgliedsstaaten und hält die  
Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klasse A ein.  
Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Geräte wie in den Handbüchern beschrieben zu  
installieren und zu betreiben. Des Weiteren dürfen auch nur von der Lenovo  
empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. Lenovo übernimmt keine Verantwortung  
für die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung  
der Lenovo verändert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern  
ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt/eingebaut werden.  
256 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Deutschland:  
Einhaltung des Gesetzes über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von  
Betriebsmittein  
Dieses Produkt entspricht dem “Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit  
von Betriebsmitteln” EMVG (früher “Gesetz über die elektromagnetische  
Verträglichkeit von Geräten”). Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU-Richtlinie  
2004/108/EG (früher 89/336/EWG) in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland.  
Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz über die  
elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Betriebsmitteln, EMVG vom 20. Juli  
2007 (früher Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten),  
bzw. der EMV EG Richtlinie 2004/108/EC (früher 89/336/EWG), für Geräte der  
Klasse A.  
Dieses Gerät ist berechtigt, in Übereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das  
EG-Konformitätszeichen - CE - zu führen. Verantwortlich für die  
Konformitätserklärung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo (Deutschland)  
GmbH, Gropiusplatz 10, D-70563 Stuttgart.  
Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraf 4 Abs. (1) 4:  
Das Gerät erfüllt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022  
Klasse A.  
Nach der EN 55022: “Dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A. Diese Einrichtung  
kann im Wohnbereich Funkstörungen verursachen; in diesem Fall kann vom  
Betreiber verlangt werden, angemessene Maßnahmen durchzuführen und dafür  
aufzukommen.”  
Nach dem EMVG: “Geräte dürfen an Orten, für die sie nicht ausreichend entstört  
sind, nur mit besonderer Genehmigung des Bundesministers für Post und  
Telekommunikation oder des Bundesamtes für Post und Telekommunikation  
betrieben werden. Die Genehmigung wird erteilt, wenn keine elektromagnetischen  
Störungen zu erwarten sind.” (Auszug aus dem EMVG, Paragraph 3, Abs. 4).  
Dieses Genehmigungsverfahren ist nach Paragraph 9 EMVG in Verbindung mit der  
entsprechenden Kostenverordnung (Amtsblatt 14/93) kostenpflichtig.  
Anmerkung: Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Geräte, wie in  
den Handbüchern angegeben, zu installieren und zu betreiben.  
Japanese Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI) statement  
Appendix B. Notices 257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Taiwanese Class A warning statement  
Chinese Class A warning statement  
Korean Class A warning statement  
258 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Index  
configuration programs (continued)  
A
adapter  
Configuration/Setup Utility program  
configuring  
connector  
B
battery  
beep codes  
bezel  
controller  
lower  
upper  
cover, side  
creating  
Boot Menu  
Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Boot Agent  
D
diagnostic  
C
DIMMs  
diskette drive  
cabling  
CD drive  
computer  
drive  
configuration  
configuration programs  
© Lenovo 2008. Portions © IBM Corp. 2008.  
259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
drives  
bay 1, 2, or 3  
Ethernet (continued)  
DVD drive  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
Ethernet controller  
E
EasyStartup  
eject button  
F
fan  
hard disk drive, assembly  
rear  
enabling  
error codes and messages  
error logs  
fan sink  
fan sink retention module  
firmware  
installing on the  
error symptoms  
formatting  
front USB connector assembly  
front-panel assembly  
G
guidelines  
errors  
Ethernet  
H
hard disk drive  
260 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
hard disk drive (continued)  
installing (continued)  
hard disk drives  
power supply (continued)  
hot-plug adapter.  
hot-swap drive  
backplane  
hot-swap drives, SAS or SATA  
internal drives  
hot-swap power supply  
hot-swap power supply cage  
J
jumpers  
I
IBM Configuration/Setup Utility program  
IBM Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter  
K
installing  
L
LED  
LEDs  
bezel  
fan  
power supply  
M
memory module  
memory modules  
messages  
Index 261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
microprocessor  
power supply (continued)  
non-hot-swap (continued)  
problems  
N
network operating system (NOS) installation  
O
option  
optional device  
optional devices  
P
password  
R
RAID array  
Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
removing  
passwords  
ports  
bezel  
fan  
power supply  
hot-swap  
non-hot-swap  
262 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
removing (continued)  
setup  
power supply  
setup requirements  
simple-swap backplate  
simple-swap drives  
support bracket  
for Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine  
system board  
S
safety information  
SAS or SATA hot-swap drives  
system-error  
SAS/SATA controller  
SAS/SATA hard disk drive backplane  
SATA simple-swap drives  
T
tape drive  
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA)  
tips  
Serial Attached SCSI (SAS)  
backplane  
server  
U
Universal Serial Bus (USB)  
connectors  
ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller  
ServerGuide  
USB, front connector assembly  
Index 263  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
using  
V
video  
W
web site  
Web site  
264 ThinkServer TS100 Types 6431, 6432, 6433, and 6434: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Part Number: 46U0853  
Printed in USA  
(1P) P/N: 46U0853  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Lasko Fan 2535 User Manual
Lennox International Inc Electric Heater Lennox CompleteHeatTM COMBINATION HEATING SYSTEM User Manual
Lennox International Inc Gas Heater Lennox Merit Series Gas Furnace Upflow Horizontal Air Discharge User Manual
LG Electronics Clothes Dryer DLE1001W User Manual
Listen Technologies Speaker System LA 316 User Manual
Meade Telescope NG70 SM User Manual
Melissa Microwave Oven 753 134 User Manual
Mellerware Blender 85200A User Manual
Mellerware Electric Grill 27010 User Manual
Metra Electronics Automobile Accessories 99 7402 User Manual